Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation -- Form 10-K

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

for the transition period from            to            

Commission file number 0-15261.

 

 

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   23-2434506

(State of other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

801 Lancaster Avenue, Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania   19010
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) (610) 525-1700

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock ($1 par value)   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 of 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period than the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (& 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated Filer   x
Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨    Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 126-2 of the Exchange Act):    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of Registrant (including fiduciary accounts administered by affiliates) was $271,961,320 on June 30, 2012 based on the price at which our common stock was last sold on that date.*

As of March 4, 2013, there were 13,484,691 shares of common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement of Registrant to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A with respect to the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 25, 2013 (“2013 Proxy Statement”), as indicated, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

 

* Registrant does not admit by virtue of the foregoing that its officers and directors are “affiliates” as defined in Rule 405.

 

 

 


Form 10-K

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

Index

 

Item No.

        Page  
   Part I   
1.    Business      1   
1A.    Risk Factors      13   
1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments      22   
2.    Properties      22   
3.    Legal Proceedings      24   
4.    Mine Safety Disclosures      24   
   Part II   
5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      25   
6.    Selected Financial Data      27   
7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”)      28   
7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      58   
8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      59   
9.    Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      123   
9A.    Controls and Procedures      123   
9B.    Other Information      125   
   Part III   
10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant      126   
11.    Executive Compensation      126   
12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      126   
13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      127   
14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services      127   
   Part IV   
15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      128   


SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements contained in this report and the documents incorporated by reference herein may constitute forward-looking statements for the purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation”) to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to the Corporation’s financial goals, business plans, business prospects, credit quality, credit risk, reserve adequacy, liquidity, origination and sale of residential mortgage loans, mortgage servicing rights, the effect of changes in accounting standards, and market and pricing trends loss. The words The words “may”, “would”, “could”, “will”, “likely”, “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “forecast”, “project” and “believe” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Corporation’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated by the forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including without limitation:

 

   

the effect of future economic conditions on the Corporation and its customers, including economic factors which affect consumer confidence in the securities markets, wealth creation, investment and savings patterns, the real estate market, and the Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure and credit risk;

 

   

changes in the securities markets with respect to the market values of financial assets and the stability of particular securities markets;

 

   

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislation and regulatory changes;

 

   

results of examinations by the Federal Reserve Board, including the possibility that the Federal Reserve Board may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or to write down assets;

 

   

changes in accounting requirements or interpretations;

 

   

changes in existing statutes, regulatory guidance, legislation or judicial decisions that adversely affect our business, including changes in federal income tax or other tax regulations;

 

   

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the value of loan collateral and securities, as well as interest rate risk;

 

   

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money-market and mutual funds and other institutions operating in the Corporation’s trade market area and elsewhere including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally and such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the Internet;

 

   

any extraordinary events (such as the September 11, 2001 events, the war on terrorism and the U.S. Government’s response to those events, including the war in Iraq);

 

   

the Corporation’s need for capital;

 

   

the Corporation’s success in continuing to generate new business in its existing markets, as well as its success in identifying and penetrating targeted markets and generating a profit in those markets in a reasonable time;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to continue to generate investment results for customers and the ability to continue to develop investment products in a manner that meets customers needs;

 

   

changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and savings habits and demand for financial services in our investment products in a manner that meets customers’ needs;

 

   

the Corporation’s timely development of competitive new products and services in a changing environment and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to originate, sell and service residential mortgage loans;


   

the accuracy of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimates in the value of collateral, the market value of mortgage servicing rights and various financial assets and liabilities;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to retain key members of the senior management team;

 

   

the ability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to the Corporation and the Bank;

 

   

technological changes being more difficult or expensive than anticipated;

 

   

the Corporation’s success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

All written or oral forward-looking statements attributed to the Corporation are expressly qualified in their entirety by use of the foregoing cautionary statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Report and the documents incorporated by reference herein are based upon the Corporation’s beliefs and assumptions as of the date of this Report. The Corporation assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed in this Report or incorporated documents might not occur and you should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.


PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company (the “Bank”) received its Pennsylvania banking charter in 1889 and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. In 1986, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation”) was formed and on January 2, 1987, the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. The Bank and Corporation are headquartered in Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, a western suburb of Philadelphia. The Corporation and its subsidiaries offer a full range of personal and business banking services, consumer and commercial loans, equipment leasing, mortgages, insurance and wealth management services, including investment management, trust and estate administration, retirement planning, custody services, and tax planning and preparation from 19 full-service branches and seven Life Care Community offices throughout Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties of Pennsylvania. The Corporation’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol BMTC.

The goal of the Corporation is to become the preeminent community bank and wealth management organization in the Philadelphia area.

The Corporation operates in a highly competitive market area that includes local, national and regional banks as competitors along with savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, trust companies, registered investment advisors and mutual fund families. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are regulated by many agencies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Federal Reserve and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

WEBSITE DISCLOSURES

The Corporation makes available, free of charge, through its website, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the SEC. These reports can be obtained on the Corporation’s website at www.bmtc.com by following the link, “About Us,” followed by “Investor Relations.” The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Further copies of these reports are located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our filings, at www.sec.gov.

OPERATIONS

 

 

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

The Corporation has no active staff as of December 31, 2012. The Corporation holds the stock of the Bank. Additionally, the Corporation performs several functions including shareholder communications, shareholder recordkeeping, the distribution of dividends and the periodic filing of reports and payment of fees to NASDAQ, the SEC and other regulatory agencies.

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries had 390 full time and 42 part time employees, totaling 411 full time equivalent staff.

ACTIVE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE CORPORATION

The Corporation has three active subsidiaries which provide various services as described below:

 

 

Lau Associates

Lau Associates LLC, acquired in July of 2008, is a nationally recognized independent, family office serving high net worth individuals and families, with special expertise in planning intergenerational inherited wealth. Lau

 

1


Associates employees numbered thirteen full time and one part time as of December 31, 2012, and are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers. Lau Associates LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

 

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware (“BMTC-DE”) began operations as a limited purpose trust company in the fourth quarter of 2008. BMTC-DE is located in Greenville, DE and has the ability to be named and serve as a corporate fiduciary under Delaware law. BMTC-DE employed one full-time and one part time employee as of December 31, 2012. BMTC-DE employees are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers. Being able to serve as a corporate fiduciary under Delaware law is advantageous as Delaware statutes are widely recognized as being favorable with respect to the creation of tax-advantaged trust structures, LLCs and related wealth transfer vehicles for families and individuals throughout the United States. BMTC-DE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

 

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

The Bank is engaged in commercial and retail banking business, providing basic banking services, including the acceptance of demand, time and savings deposits and the origination of commercial, real estate and consumer loans and other extensions of credit including leases. The Bank also provides a full range of wealth management services including trust administration and other related fiduciary services, custody services, investment management and advisory services, employee benefit account and IRA administration, estate settlement, tax services, financial planning and brokerage services. As of December 31, 2012, the market value of assets under management, administration, supervision and asset management/ brokerage by the Bank’s Wealth Management Division was $6.663 billion.

The Bank presently has 19 full-service branch offices and seven Life Care Community locations. See the section titled “COMPETITION” later in this item for additional information.

ACTIVE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BANK

The Bank has four active subsidiaries providing various services as described below:

 

 

Insurance Counsellors of Bryn Mawr, Inc.

Insurance Counsellors of Bryn Mawr, Inc. (“ICBM”) began operations in February 1998 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. ICBM is a full-service insurance agency, through which the Bank offers insurance and related products and services to its customer base. This includes casualty, property and allied insurance lines, as well as life insurance, annuities, medical insurance and accident and health insurance for groups and individuals.

ICBM utilizes six licensed insurance agents and ICBM employees are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers above.

 

 

BMT Settlement Services, Inc.

BMT Settlement Services, Inc. (“BMTS”) began operations in February 2002. BMTS is a limited partner in Bryn Mawr Settlement Services, LP (the “Limited Partnership”), with Commonwealth Land Transfer Company, to provide title search and abstract services to Bank customers. Under the terms of the Limited Partnership’s partnership agreement, BMTS receives seventy percent of the profits of the Limited Partnership, after expenses. BMTS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank.

BMTS’s primary market area is located in southeastern Pennsylvania. BMTS is housed in the main office of the Bank, located at 801 Lancaster Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010. BMTS had no employees as of December 31, 2012.

 

2


 

BMT Mortgage Services, Inc.

BMT Mortgage Services, Inc. (“BMTM”) began operations in February, 2006. BMTM is a member in BMT Mortgage Company, LLC, which was established in 2006 to provide mortgage services to customers of the Keller Williams Bryn Mawr, PA office. Under the terms of the operating agreement, BMTM has a 40% interest in BMT Mortgage Company, LLC, will perform certain accounting and administrative functions, and will process certain mortgage applications for a fee. BMTM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank.

 

 

Bryn Mawr Equipment Finance, Inc.

Bryn Mawr Equipment Finance, Inc. (“BMEF”) (formerly BMT Leasing, Inc.), a Delaware corporation registered to do business in Pennsylvania, began operations in September 2006. BMEF is a small-ticket equipment financing company servicing customers nationwide from its Bryn Mawr location. BMEF is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank and had eight employees as of December 31, 2012. BMEF employees are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers above. BMEF changed its name from BMT Leasing, Inc. in the first quarter of 2012.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Corporation and its subsidiaries engaged in the following business combinations since January 1, 2008

 

 

First Bank of Delaware

On November 17, 2012 the Corporation acquired $70.3 million of deposits, $76.6 million of loans and a branch location from First Bank of Delaware (“FBD”). The cash consideration paid by the Corporation was $10.6 million.

 

 

Davidson Trust Company

On May 25, 2012, the Corporation acquired the Davidson Trust Company (“DTC”) for cash and contingent cash consideration of $10.5 million. The acquisition of DTC increased the Corporation’ wealth management assets under management by approximately $1.0 billion.

 

 

Private Wealth Management Group of the Hershey Trust Company

On May 27, 2011, the Corporation acquired the Private Wealth Management Group of the Hershey Trust Company (“PWMG”) for stock, cash and contingent cash consideration of $18.4 million. The acquisition of DTC increased the Corporation’ wealth management assets under management by approximately $1.1 billion.

 

 

First Keystone Financial Inc.

On July 1, 2010, the merger of First Keystone Financial, Inc. (“FKF”) with and into the Corporation and the two step merger of FKF’s wholly-owned subsidiary, First Keystone Bank with and into the Bank, were completed. The 85% stock and 15% cash transaction was valued at $31.3 million and increased the assets of the corporation by $490 million.

 

 

Lau Associates

On July 15, 2008, the Corporation acquired JNJ Holdings LLC (“JNJ”), Lau Associates LLC (“Lau”) and Lau Professional Services LLC (“Lau Professional” and together with Lau and JNJ, “Lau Associates”). Lau Associates was a nationally recognized independent, family office serving high net worth individuals and families, with special expertise in planning intergenerational inherited wealth. The cash and contingent cash consideration paid totaled $15.2 million. The acquisition of Lau Associates increased the Corporation’s wealth management assets under management by approximately $500 million.

 

3


SOURCES OF THE CORPORATION’S REVENUE

 

 

Continuing Operations

See Note 29, Segment Information, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements located in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. The Corporation had no discontinued operations in 2010, 2011 or 2012.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS

The financial information concerning the Corporation’s business segments is incorporated by reference to this Annual Report on Form 10-K in the section captioned Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) and Note 29, Segment Information in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

COMPETITION

The Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, compete for deposits, loans and wealth management services in Delaware, Montgomery, Chester and Philadelphia counties in southeastern Pennsylvania and New Castle county in Delaware. The Corporation has a significant presence in the affluent Philadelphia suburbs along the Route 30 corridor, also known as the “Main Line”. The Corporation has 19 full-service branches and seven Life Care Community offices.

The markets in which the Corporation competes are highly competitive. The Corporation’s direct competition in attracting deposits, loans and wealth management services come from commercial banks, investment management companies, savings and loan associations, and trust companies. The Corporation also competes with credit unions, on-line banking enterprises, consumer finance companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, stock brokerage companies, investment advisory companies and other entities providing one or more of the services and products offered by the Corporation.

The Corporation is able to compete with the other firms because of its consistent level of customer service, excellent reputation, professional expertise, full product line, and its competitive rates and fees. However, there are several negative factors relative to the Corporation’s ability to compete with large institutions such as its limited number of locations, smaller advertising budget, lower technology budget, ability to spread out fixed costs and other lack-of-scale type disadvantages.

The acquisition of Lau Associates in July 2008 and the formation of BMTC-DE allowed the Corporation to establish a presence in the State of Delaware, where it competes for wealth management business. The November 2012 acquisition of certain loan and deposit accounts and a branch location from First Bank of Delaware enabled the Corporation to further expand its banking segment in the state of Delaware by establishing a full-service branch along the Route 202 corridor.

The acquisition FKF in 2010 expanded the Corporation’s footprint significantly into Delaware County, Pennsylvania, and the acquisition of PWMG in 2011 enabled the Wealth Management Division to extend into central Pennsylvania by continuing to operate the former PWMG offices located in Hershey, Pennsylvania. The May 2012 acquisition of DTC has allowed the Corporation to further expand its range of services and bring deeper market penetration in our core market area.

In addition, BMEF competes on a national level for its leasing customers.

 

4


FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT GEOGRAPHIC AREAS

The geographic information required by Item 101(d) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is impracticable for the Corporation to calculate; however, the Corporation does not believe that a material amount of revenues in any of the last three years was attributable to customers outside of the United States, nor does it believe that a material amount of its long-lived assets, in any of the past three years, was located outside of the United States.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, are subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state law. To the extent that the following information describes statutory provisions and regulations which apply to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to those statutory provisions and regulations:

 

   

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The Corporation, as a bank holding company, is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Act”). The Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, performing certain servicing activities for subsidiaries and engaging in such other activities as the Federal Reserve Board may determine to be closely related to banking. The Corporation and its non-bank subsidiaries are subject to the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board and the Corporation is required to file, with the Federal Reserve Board, an annual report and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Act and the regulations which implement the Act. The Federal Reserve Board also conducts inspections of the Corporation and each of its non-banking subsidiaries.

The Act requires each bank holding company to obtain prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire (i) direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company, including another bank holding company or a bank, unless it already owns a majority of such voting shares, or (ii) all, or substantially all, of the assets of any company.

The Act also prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in, or from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in non-banking activities unless the Federal Reserve Board, by order or regulation, has found such activities to be so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be appropriate. The Federal Reserve Board has, by regulation, determined that certain activities are so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks, so as to permit bank holding companies, such as the Corporation, and its subsidiaries formed for such purposes, to engage in such activities, subject to obtaining the Federal Reserve Board’s approval in certain cases.

Under the Act, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension or provision of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing any service to a customer on the condition that the customer provide additional credit or service to the bank, to its bank holding company or any other subsidiaries of its bank holding company or on the condition that the customer refrain from obtaining credit or service from a competitor of its bank holding company. Further, the Bank, as a subsidiary bank of a bank holding company, such as the Corporation, is subject to certain restrictions on any extensions of credit it provides to the Corporation or any of its non-bank subsidiaries, investments in the stock or securities thereof, and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board may issue cease-and-desist orders against bank holding companies and non-bank subsidiaries to stop actions believed to present a serious threat to a subsidiary bank. The Federal Reserve Board also regulates certain debt obligations and changes in control of bank holding companies.

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources, including capital funds during periods of

 

5


financial stress, to support each such bank. Consistent with its “source of strength” policy for subsidiary banks, the Federal Reserve Board has stated that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company generally should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common shareholders has been sufficient to fund fully the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

Federal law also grants to federal banking agencies the power to issue cease and desist orders when a depository institution or a bank holding company or an officer or director thereof is engaged in or is about to engage in unsafe and unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board may require a bank holding company, such as the Corporation, to discontinue certain of its activities or activities of its other subsidiaries, other than the Bank, or divest itself of such subsidiaries if such activities cause serious risk to the Bank and are inconsistent with the Bank Holding Company Act or other applicable federal banking laws.

 

   

Federal Reserve Board and Pennsylvania Department of Banking Securities Regulations

The Corporation’s Pennsylvania state chartered bank, The Bryn Mawr Trust Company, is regulated and supervised by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking Securities (the “Department of Banking”) and subject to regulation by The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC. The Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board regularly examine the Bank’s reserves, loans, investments, management practices and other aspects of its operations and the Bank must furnish periodic reports to these agencies. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System.

The Bank’s operations are subject to certain requirements and restrictions under federal and state laws, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, limitations on the interest rates that may be paid on certain types of deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted and the interest that may be charged thereon, limitations on the types of investments that may be made and the types of services which may be offered. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of the Bank. These regulations and laws are intended primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors and customers rather than holders of the Corporation’s stock.

The regulations of the Department of Banking restrict the amount of dividends that can be paid to the Corporation by the Bank. Payment of dividends is restricted to the amount of the Bank’s 2013 net income plus its net retained earnings for the previous two years. As of December 31, 2012, this amount was approximately $18.6 million plus net income earned in 2013. However, the amount of dividends paid by the Bank cannot reduce capital levels below levels that would cause the Bank to be less than adequately capitalized. The payment of dividends by the Bank to the Corporation is the source on which the Corporation currently depends to pay dividends to its shareholders.

As a bank incorporated under and subject to Pennsylvania banking laws and insured by the FDIC, the Bank must obtain the prior approval of the Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board before establishing a new branch banking office. Depending on the type of bank or financial institution, a merger of the Bank with another institution is subject to the prior approval of one or more of the following: the Department of Banking, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and any other regulatory agencies having primary supervisory authority over any other party to the merger. An approval of a merger by the appropriate bank regulatory agency would depend upon several factors, including whether the merged institution is a federally insured state bank, a member of the Federal Reserve System, or a national bank. Additionally, any new branch expansion or merger must comply with branching restrictions provided by state law. The Pennsylvania Banking Code permits Pennsylvania banks to establish branches anywhere in the state.

On October 24, 2012, Pennsylvania enacted three new laws known as the “Banking Law Modernization Package,” all of which became effective on December 24, 2012. The intended goal of the new law, which applies to the Bank, is to modernize Pennsylvania’s banking laws and to reduce regulatory burden at the state level where possible, given the increased regulatory demands at the federal level as described below.

 

6


The new law also permits banks to disclose formal enforcement actions initiated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, clarifies that the Department has examination and enforcement authority over subsidiaries as well as affiliates of regulated banks and bolsters the Department’s enforcement authority over its regulated institutions by clarifying its ability to remove directors, officers and employees from institutions for violations of laws or orders or for any unsafe or unsound practice or breach of fiduciary duty. Changes to existing law also allow the Department to assess civil money penalties of up to $25,000 per violation.

The new law also sets a new standard of care for bank officers and directors, applying the same standard that exists for non-banking corporations in Pennsylvania. The standard is one of performing duties in good faith, in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the institutions and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, skill and diligence, as a person of ordinary prudence would use under similar circumstances. Directors may rely in good faith on information, opinions and reports provided by officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, or committees of the board, and an officer may not be held liable simply because he or she served as an officer of the institution.

 

   

Deposit Insurance Assessments

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law and are subject to deposit insurance premium assessments. The FDIC imposes a risk based deposit premium assessment system, under which the amount of FDIC assessments paid by an individual insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is based on the level of risk incurred in its activities.

In addition to deposit insurance assessments, banks are subject to assessments to pay the interest on Financing Corporation bonds. The Financing Corporation was created by Congress to issue bonds to finance the resolution of failed thrift institutions. The FDIC sets the Financing Corporation assessment rate every quarter. The Financing Corporation assessment for the fourth quarter of 2012 was an annual rate of 0.66 basis points, which resulted in approximately $106 thousand FICO assessment payment by the Bank in 2012.

 

   

Government Monetary Policies

The monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal Reserve Board and the other regulatory agencies have had, and will probably continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of the Bank through their power to implement national monetary policy in order to, among other things, curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board may have a major effect upon the levels of the Bank’s loans, investments and deposits through the Federal Reserve Board’s open market operations in United States government securities, through its regulation of, among other things, the discount rate on borrowing of depository institutions, and the reserve requirements against depository institution deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

The earnings of the Bank and, therefore, of the Corporation are affected by domestic economic conditions, particularly those conditions in the trade area as well as the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies.

 

   

Safety and Soundness

The Federal Reserve Board also has authority to prohibit a bank holding company from engaging in any activity or transaction deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe or unsound practice. The payment of dividends could, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank or Corporation, be such an unsafe or unsound practice and the regulatory agencies have indicated their view that it generally would be an unsafe and unsound practice to pay dividends except out of current operating earnings. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends in the future is presently and could be further influenced, among other things, by applicable capital guidelines discussed below or by bank regulatory and supervisory policies. The ability of the Bank to make funds available to the Corporation is also subject to restrictions imposed by federal law. The amount of other payments by the Bank to the Corporation is subject to review by regulatory authorities having appropriate authority over the Bank or Corporation and to certain legal limitations.

 

7


   

Capital Adequacy

Federal and state banking laws impose on banks certain minimum requirements for capital adequacy. Federal banking agencies have issued certain “risk-based capital” guidelines, and certain “leverage” requirements on member banks such as the Bank. By policy statement, the Banking Department also imposes those requirements on the Bank. Banking regulators have authority to require higher minimum capital ratios for an individual bank or bank holding company in view of its circumstances.

Minimum Capital Ratios. The risk-based guidelines require all banks to maintain two “risk-weighted assets” ratios. The first is a minimum ratio of total capital (“Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital) to risk-weighted assets equal to 8.00%; the second is a minimum ratio of “Tier 1” capital to risk-weighted assets equal to 4.00%. Assets are assigned to five risk categories, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. In making the calculation, certain intangible assets must be deducted from the capital base. The risk-based capital rules are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets.

The risk-based capital rules also account for interest rate risk. Institutions with interest rate risk exposure above a normal level would be required to hold extra capital in proportion to that risk. A bank’s exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates is a factor that the banking agencies will consider in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy. The rule does not codify an explicit minimum capital charge for interest rate risk. The Corporation currently monitors and manages its assets and liabilities for interest rate risk, and believes its interest rate risk practices are prudent and are in-line with industry standards. The Corporation is not aware of any new or proposed rules or standards relating to interest rate risk that would materially adversely affect our operations.

The “leverage” ratio rules require banks which are rated the highest in the composite areas of capital, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market risk to maintain a ratio of “Tier 1” capital to “adjusted total assets” (equal to the bank’s average total assets as stated in its most recent quarterly Call Report filed with its primary federal banking regulator, minus end-of-quarter intangible assets that are deducted from Tier 1 capital) of not less than 3.00%. For banks which are not the most highly rated, the minimum “leverage” ratio will range from 4.00% to 5.00%, or higher at the discretion of the bank’s primary federal regulator, and is required to be at a level commensurate with the nature of the level of risk of the bank’s condition and activities.

For purposes of the capital requirements, “Tier 1” or “core” capital is defined to include common stockholders’ equity and certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus. “Tier 2” or “qualifying supplementary” capital is defined to include a bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, plus certain types of preferred stock and related surplus, certain “hybrid capital instruments” and certain term subordinated debt instruments.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) released a comprehensive list of proposals for changes to capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements for banks in December 2009 (commonly referred to as “Basel III”). In July 2010, the Basel Committee announced the design for its capital and liquidity reform proposals.

In September 2010, the oversight body of the Basel Committee announced minimum capital ratios and transition periods providing: (i) the minimum requirement for the Tier 1 common equity ratio will be increased from the current 2.0% level to 4.5% (to be phased in by January 1, 2015); (ii) the minimum requirement for the Tier 1 capital ratio will be increased from the current 4.0% to 6.0% (to be phased in by January 1, 2015); (iii) an additional 2.5% of Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets (to be phased in between January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2019; and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% (to be tested starting January 1, 2013). The revised capital requirements also narrow the definition of capital, excluding instruments that no longer qualify as

 

8


Tier 1 common equity as of January 1, 2013, and phasing out other instruments over several years. It is unclear how U.S. banking regulators will define “well-capitalized” in their implementation of Basel III.

The liquidity proposals under Basel III include: (i) a liquidity coverage ratio (to become effective January 1, 2015); (ii) a net stable funding ratio (to become effective January 1, 2018); and (iii) a set of monitoring tools for banks to report minimum types of information to their regulatory supervisors.

In November 2012, the Federal Reserve delayed the January 2013 effective date of Basel III’s proposed bank capital buffer rules, and did not provide a substitute date for effectiveness. This U.S. Regulator approved proposal would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Corporation and the Bank. The proposed rules implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act .

Many of the details of the new framework related to minimum capital levels and minimum liquidity requirements in the Basel Committee’s proposals will remain uncertain until the final release is issued later this year. Implementation of the final provisions of Basel III will require implementing regulations and guidelines by U.S. banking regulators. Implementation of these new capital and liquidity requirements has created significant uncertainty with respect to the future liquidity and capital requirements for financial institutions. Therefore, we are not able to predict at this time the content of liquidity and capital guidelines or regulations that may be adopted by regulatory agencies or the impact that any changes in regulation may have on the Corporation and the Bank.

 

   

Prompt Corrective Action

Federal banking law mandates certain “prompt corrective actions,” which Federal banking agencies are required to take, and certain actions which they have discretion to take, based upon the capital category into which a Federally regulated depository institution falls. Regulations have been adopted by the Federal bank regulatory agencies setting forth detailed procedures and criteria for implementing prompt corrective action in the case of any institution that is not adequately capitalized. Under the rules, an institution will be deemed to be “adequately capitalized” or better if it exceeds the minimum Federal regulatory capital requirements. However, it will be deemed “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet the minimum capital requirements, “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0%, and “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. The rules require an undercapitalized institution to file a written capital restoration plan, along with a performance guaranty by its holding company or a third party. In addition, an undercapitalized institution becomes subject to certain automatic restrictions including a prohibition on the payment of dividends, a limitation on asset growth and expansion, and in certain cases, a limitation on the payment of bonuses or raises to senior executive officers, and a prohibition on the payment of certain “management fees” to any “controlling person”. Institutions that are classified as undercapitalized are also subject to certain additional supervisory actions, including increased reporting burdens and regulatory monitoring, a limitation on the institution’s ability to make acquisitions, open new branch offices, or engage in new lines of business, obligations to raise additional capital, restrictions on transactions with affiliates, and restrictions on interest rates paid by the institution on deposits. In certain cases, bank regulatory agencies may require replacement of senior executive officers or directors, or sale of the institution to a willing purchaser. If an institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” and continues in that category for four quarters, the statute requires, with certain narrowly limited exceptions, that the institution be placed in receivership. The Bank is currently regarded as “well capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. See Note 26 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding the Bank’s and Corporation’s regulatory capital ratios.

 

   

Gramm-Leach Bliley Act

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”) repealed provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act, which prohibited commercial banks and securities firms from affiliating with each other and engaging in each other’s businesses.

 

9


Thus, many of the barriers prohibiting affiliations between commercial banks and securities firms have been eliminated.

The GLB Act amended the Glass-Steagall Act to allow new “financial holding companies” (“FHC”) to offer banking, insurance, securities and other financial products to consumers. Specifically, the GLB Act amends section 4 of the Act in order to provide for a framework for the engagement in new financial activities. A bank holding company may elect to become a financial holding company if all its subsidiary depository institutions are well-capitalized and well-managed. If these requirements are met, a bank holding company may file a certification to that effect with the Federal Reserve Board and declare that it elects to become a FHC. After the certification and declaration is filed, the FHC may engage either de novo or through an acquisition in any activity that has been determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity. Bank holding companies may engage in financial activities without prior notice to the Federal Reserve Board if those activities qualify under the new list in section 4(k) of the Act. However, notice must be given to the Federal Reserve Board, within 30 days after the FHC has commenced one or more of the financial activities. The Corporation has not elected to become an FHC at this time.

Under the GLB Act, a bank subject to various requirements is permitted to engage through “financial subsidiaries” in certain financial activities permissible for affiliates of FHC’s. However, to be able to engage in such activities a bank must continue to be “well-capitalized” and well-managed and receive at least a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination.

 

   

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act requires banks to help serve the credit needs of their communities, including providing credit to low and moderate income individuals and areas. Should the Bank fail to serve adequately the communities it serves, potential penalties may include regulatory denials to expand branches, relocate, add subsidiaries and affiliates, expand into new financial activities and merge with or purchase other financial institutions.

 

   

Privacy of Consumer Financial Information

The GLB Act also contains a provision designed to protect the privacy of each consumer’s financial information in a financial institution. Pursuant to the requirements of the GLB Act, the financial institution regulators have promulgated final regulations intended to better protect the privacy of a consumer’s financial information maintained in financial institutions. The regulations are designed to prevent financial institutions, such as the Bank, from disclosing a consumer’s nonpublic personal information to third parties that are not affiliated with the financial institution.

However, financial institutions can share a customer’s personal information or information about business and corporations with their affiliated companies. The regulations also provide that financial institutions can disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties for marketing purposes but the financial institution must provide a description of its privacy policies to the consumers and give the consumers an opportunity to opt-out of such disclosure and, thus, prevent disclosure by the financial institution of the consumer’s nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties.

These privacy regulations will affect how consumer’s information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. The Bank does not believe the privacy regulations will have a material adverse impact on its operations in the near term.

 

   

Consumer Protection Rules – Sale of Insurance Products

In addition, as mandated by the GLB Act, the regulators have published consumer protection rules which apply to the retail sales practices, solicitation, advertising or offers of insurance products, including annuities, by depository institutions such as banks and their subsidiaries.

 

10


The rules provide that before the sale of insurance or annuity products can be completed, disclosures must be made that state (i) such insurance products are not deposits or other obligations of or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other agency of the United States, the Bank or its affiliates; and (ii) in the case of an insurance product that involves an investment risk, including an annuity, that there is an investment risk involved with the product, including a possible loss of value.

The rules also provide that the Bank may not condition an extension of credit on the consumer’s purchase of an insurance product or annuity from the Bank or its affiliates or on the consumer’s agreement not to obtain or a prohibition on the consumer obtaining an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity.

The rules also require formal acknowledgement from the consumer that such disclosures have been received. In addition, to the extent practical, the Bank must keep insurance and annuity sales activities physically separate from the areas where retail banking transactions are routinely accepted from the general public.

 

   

Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) addresses, among other matters, increased disclosures; audit committees; certification of financial statements by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer; evaluation by management of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting; auditor reports on our internal control over financial reporting; forfeiture of bonuses and profits made by directors and senior officers in the twelve (12) month period covered by restated financial statements; a prohibition on insider trading during Corporation stock blackout periods; disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions; a prohibition applicable to companies, other than federally insured financial institutions, on personal loans to their directors and officers; expedited filing of reports concerning stock transactions by a company’s directors and executive officers; the formation of a public accounting oversight board; auditor independence; and increased criminal penalties for violation of certain securities laws.

 

   

Patriot Act of 2001

The Patriot Act of 2001, which was enacted in the wake of the September 11, 2001 attacks, includes provisions designed to combat international money laundering and advance the U.S. government’s war against terrorism. The Patriot Act and the regulations which implement it contain many obligations which must be satisfied by financial institutions, including the Bank. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions, such as the Bank, to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. The failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the financial institution.

 

   

Government Policies and Future Legislation

As the enactment of the GLB Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act confirm, from time to time various laws are passed in the United States Congress as well as the Pennsylvania legislature and by various bank regulatory authorities which would alter the powers of, and place restrictions on, different types of banks and financial organizations. It is impossible to predict whether any potential legislation or regulations will be adopted and the impact, if any, of such adoption on the business of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, especially the Bank.

 

   

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The federal government is considering a variety of reforms related to banking and the financial industry. Among those reforms is the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), that was enacted by Congress on July 15, 2010, and was signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is intended to promote financial stability in the U.S., reduce the risk of bailouts and protect

 

11


against abusive financial services practices by improving accountability and transparency in the financial system and ending the concept of “too big to fail” institutions by giving regulators the ability to liquidate large financial institutions. It is the broadest overhaul of the U.S. financial system since the Great Depression and the overall impact on the Corporation and its subsidiaries is unknown at this time.

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the current bank regulatory structure and will affect into the immediate future the lending and investment activities and general operations of depository institutions and their holding companies.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to establish minimum consolidated capital requirements for bank holding companies that are as stringent as those required for insured depository institutions; the components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. In addition, the proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless (i) such securities are issued by bank holding companies with assets of less than $500 million or (ii) such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with extensive powers to implement and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks, among other things, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, their prudential regulators.

The Dodd-Frank Act made many other changes in banking regulation. Those include allowing depository institutions, for the first time, to pay interest on business checking accounts, requiring originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans, establishing regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees and establishing a number of reforms for mortgage originations. Effective October 1, 2011, the debit-card interchange fee was capped at $0.21 per transaction, plus an additional 5 basis point charge to cover fraud losses. These fees are much lower than the current market rates. Although the regulation only impacts banks with assets above $10.0 billion, we believe that the provisions could result in a reduction in interchange revenue in the future.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. The FDIC was required to promulgate rules revising its assessment system so that it is based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of an insured institution instead of deposits. That rule took effect April 1, 2011. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and provided for noninterest bearing transaction accounts with unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.

Not all of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are not yet effective, and the Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to promulgate numerous and extensive implementing regulations over the next several years. It is therefore difficult to predict at this time what impact the Dodd-Frank Act and implementing regulations will have on the Corporation and the Bank. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act could limit our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise materially and adversely affect us. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements could also materially and adversely affect us.

 

12


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investment in the Corporation’s common shares involves risk. The market price of the Corporation’s common shares may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors including those that follow. The following list contains certain risks that may be unique to the Corporation and to the banking industry. The following list of risks should not be viewed as an all inclusive list or in any particular order.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings

In response to the impact of economic conditions since 2008 on banks generally and on the FDIC deposit insurance fund, the FDIC changed its risk-based assessment system and increased base assessment rates. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring banks to prepay three years’ worth of premiums to replenish the depleted insurance fund. In February 2011, as required under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC issued a ruling pursuant to which the assessment base against which FDIC assessments for deposit insurance are made will change. Instead of FDIC insurance assessments being based upon an insured bank’s deposits, FDIC insurance assessments are now generally based on an insured bank’s total average assets minus average tangible equity. With this change, the Corporation expects that its overall FDIC insurance cost will decline. However, a change in the risk categories applicable to the Corporation’s bank subsidiaries, further adjustments to base assessment rates and any special assessments could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires that the FDIC take steps necessary to increase the level of the Deposit Insurance Fund to 1.35% of total insured deposits by September 30, 2020. In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a Restoration Plan to achieve that goal. Certain elements of the Restoration Plan are left to future FDIC rulemaking, as are the potential for increases to the assessment rates, which may become necessary to achieve the targeted level of the DIF. Future FDIC rulemaking in this regard may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh continues to monitor its financial performance

On December 23, 2008, the FHLB announced that it would voluntarily suspend the payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock until further notice. The FHLB expected its ability to pay dividends and add to retained earnings to be significantly curtailed due to low short-term interest rates, an increased cost of maintaining liquidity, other-than-temporary impairment charges, and constrained access to debt markets at attractive rates. Capital stock repurchases from member banks are reviewed on a quarterly basis by the FHLB, and only limited repurchases are expected to occur until further notice. On February 21, 2013, the FHLB declared a dividend equal to 0.32% annualized as well as the repurchase of excess capital stock from member banks. The FHLB continues to monitor its financial performance, retained earnings and other relevant information as a basis for determining future dividends and excess capital repurchases. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation held $10.8 million of FHLB capital stock.

The steadiness of other financial institutions could have detrimental effects on our routine funding transactions

Routine funding transactions may be adversely affected by the actions and soundness of other financial institutions. Financial service institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, lending, borrowing or other relationships. Transactions are executed on a daily basis with different industries and counterparties, and routinely executed with counterparties in the financial services industry. As a result, a rumor, default or failures within the financial services industry could lead to market-wide liquidity problems which in turn could materially impact the financial condition of the Corporation.

Financial turmoil may increase our other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) charges

Over the last several years, there has been a rise in OTTI charges taken by institutions, as the fair market values of many investment securities have fallen below their amortized cost basis. The increasing duration of unrealized losses on these securities brought about heightened scrutiny by banks, auditors, and outside examiners

 

13


on whether write-downs were necessary. If the Corporation’s OTTI charges result in it falling below the “well capitalized” regulatory requirement, the Corporation may need to raise additional capital.

The Corporation may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations and may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. In the absence of wholesale funding sources, the Corporation may turn to additional subordinated debt and/or other transactions that might be available. We cannot assure you that such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If the Corporation is unable to generate sufficient additional capital though its earnings, or other sources, it would be necessary to slow earning asset growth and or pass up possible acquisition opportunities, which may result in a reduction of future net income growth. Further, an inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If sufficient wholesale funding to support earning asset growth is unavailable, the Corporation’s net income may decrease

The Corporation recognizes the need to grow both wholesale and non-wholesale funding sources to support earning asset growth and to provide appropriate liquidity. The Corporation’s asset growth over the past few years has been funded with various forms of wholesale funding which is defined as wholesale deposits (primarily certificates of deposit) and borrowed funds (FHLB advances, Federal advances and Federal fund line borrowings). Wholesale funding at December 31, 2012 represents approximately 12.1% of total funding compared with approximately 18.3% at December 31, 2011 and 21.5% at December 31, 2010. Wholesale funding generally costs more than deposits generated from the Corporation’s traditional branch system and is subject to certain practical limits such as the FHLB’s Maximum Borrowing Capacity and the Corporation’s liquidity targets. Additionally, regulators might consider wholesale funding beyond certain points to be imprudent and might suggest that future asset growth be reduced or halted.

In the absence of wholesale funding sources, the Corporation might need to reduce earning asset growth through the reduction of current production, sale of assets, and/or the participating out of future and current loans or leases. This in turn might reduce future net income of the Corporation.

The amount loaned to us is generally dependent on the value of the collateral pledged and the Corporation’s financial condition. These lenders could reduce the percentages loaned against various collateral categories, eliminate certain types of collateral and otherwise modify or even terminate their loan programs, particularly to the extent they are required to do so because of capital adequacy or other balance sheet concerns, or if further disruptions in the capital markets occur. Any change or termination of our borrowings from the FHLB, the Federal Reserve or correspondent banks would have an adverse affect on our liquidity and profitability.

The capital and credit markets remain volatile and could cause the price of our stock to fluctuate

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility for the past few years. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers seemingly without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If the level of market volatility worsens, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and/or our ability to access capital. Several factors could cause the market price for our common stock to fluctuate substantially in the future, including without limitation:

 

   

announcements of developments related to our business;

 

   

fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

14


   

sales of substantial amounts of our securities into the marketplace;

 

   

general conditions in our markets or the worldwide economy;

 

   

a shortfall in revenues or earnings compared to securities analysts’ expectations;

 

   

changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections;

 

   

our announcement of new acquisitions or other projects; and

 

   

Regulatory changes we are required to comply with;

A return to recessionary conditions or status quo in the current economic environment could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which would lead to lower revenue, higher loan losses and lower earnings.

Falling home prices and sharply reduced sales volumes, along with the collapse of the United States’ subprime mortgage industry in 2008 that followed a national home price peak in mid-2006, significantly contributed to a recession that officially lasted until June 2009, although the effects continued thereafter. Dramatic declines in real estate values and high levels of foreclosures resulted in significant asset write-downs by financial institutions, which have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with other institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Concerns over the United States’ credit rating (which was last downgraded by Standard & Poor’s in August 2011), the European sovereign debt crisis, and continued high unemployment in the United States, among other economic indicators, have contributed to increased volatility in the capital markets and diminished expectations for the economy. Additionally, although the so-called “fiscal cliff” was averted in early 2013, Congress and the President still need to resolve issues with respect to the U.S. government’s debt ceiling and other budgetary and spending matters. Uncertainty as to whether these issues can be resolved or how effective a resolution might be increases the risk of slower economic growth. The nature and ultimate resolution of these issues, or a failure to achieve a timely and effective resolution, may further adversely affect the U.S. economy through possible consequences including further downgrades in the ratings for U.S. Treasury securities, government shutdowns, or substantial spending cuts resulting from sequestration. A return of recessionary conditions and/or continued negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Further declines in real estate values and sales volumes and continued high unemployment levels may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies, increases in our levels of nonperforming and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity, and financial condition.

Previously enacted and potential future legislation, including legislation to reform the U.S. financial regulatory system, could adversely affect our business

Market conditions have resulted in creation of various programs by the United States Congress, the Treasury, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC that were designed to enhance market liquidity and bank capital. As these programs expire, are withdrawn or reduced, the impact on the financial markets, banks in general and their customers is unknown. This could have the effect of, among other things, reducing liquidity, raising interest rates, reducing fee revenue, limiting the ability to raise capital, all of which could have an adverse impact on the financial condition of the Bank and the Corporation.

Additionally, the federal government has passed a variety of other reforms related to banking and the financial industry including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant regulatory and compliance changes. The key effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business are:

 

   

changes to regulatory capital requirements;

 

   

exclusion of hybrid securities, including trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from tier 1 capital;

 

15


   

creation of new government regulatory agencies (such as the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which will oversee systemic risk, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will develop and enforce rules for bank and non-bank providers of consumer financial products);

 

   

potential limitations on federal preemption;

 

   

changes to deposit insurance assessments;

 

   

regulation of debit interchange fees we earn;

 

   

changes in retail banking regulations, including potential limitations on certain fees we may charge; and

 

   

changes in regulation of consumer mortgage loan origination and risk retention.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act restricts the ability of banks to engage in certain proprietary trading or to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds, commonly referred to as the Volker Rule. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains provisions designed to limit the ability of insured depository institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates to conduct certain swaps and derivatives activities and to take certain principal positions in financial instruments.

Some provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately upon its enactment. Many provisions, however, will require regulations to be promulgated by various federal agencies in order to be implemented, some of which have been proposed by the applicable federal agencies. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may have unintended effects, which will not be clear until implementation. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act could limit our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise materially and adversely affect us. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements could also materially and adversely affect us.

The new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“BCFP”) may reshape the consumer financial laws through rulemaking and enforcement of unfair, deceptive or abusive practices, which may directly impact the business operations of depository institutions offering consumer financial products or services including the Bank.

The BCFP has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the “Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof,” with respect to all financial institutions that offer financial products and services to consumers. The BCFP is also authorized to prescribe rules applicable to any covered person or service provider identifying and prohibiting acts or practices that are “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service (“UDAP authority”). The potential reach of the BCFP’s broad new rulemaking powers and UDAP authority on the operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services including the Bank is currently unknown.

Potential losses incurred in connection with possible repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market may require us to increase our financial statement reserves in the future.

We engage in the origination and sale of residential mortgages into the secondary market. In connection with such sales, we make certain representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred in respect of such loans. These representations and warranties vary based on the nature of the transaction and the purchaser’s or insurer’s requirements but generally pertain to the ownership of the mortgage loan, the real property securing the loan and compliance with applicable laws and applicable lender and government-sponsored entity underwriting guidelines in connection with the origination of the loan. While we believe our mortgage lending practices and standards to be adequate, we may receive requests in the future, which could be material in volume. If that were to happen,

 

16


we could incur losses in connection with loan repurchases and indemnification claims, and any such losses might exceed our financial statement reserves, requiring us to increase such reserves. In that event, any losses we might have to recognize and any increases we might have to make to our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Accounting standards periodically change and the application of our accounting policies and methods may require the Corporation to make estimates about matters that are uncertain

The regulatory bodies that establish accounting standards, including, among others, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the SEC, periodically revise or issue new financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The effect of such revised or new standards on our financial statements can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Corporation must exercise judgment in appropriately applying many of our accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles. In some cases, the Corporation may have to select a particular accounting policy or method from two or more alternatives. In some cases, the accounting policy or method chosen might be reasonable under the circumstances and yet might result in our reporting materially different amounts than would have been reported if we had selected a different policy or method. Accounting policies are critical to fairly presenting our financial condition and results of operations and may require the Corporation to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain.

Rapidly changing interest rate environment could reduce the Corporation’s net interest margin, net interest income, fee income and net income

Interest and fees on loans and securities, net of interest paid on deposits and borrowings, are a large part of the Corporation’s net income. Interest rates are key drivers of the Corporation’s net interest margin and subject to many factors beyond the control of the Corporation. As interest rates change, net interest income is affected. Rapidly changing interest rates in the future could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of divergence in financial instrument maturities and/or competitive pressures. Further, substantially higher interest rates generally reduce loan demand and may result in slower loan growth. Decreases or increases in interest rates could have a negative effect on the spreads between the interest rates earned on assets and the rates of interest paid on liabilities, and therefore decrease net interest income. Also, changes in interest rates might also impact the values of equity and debt securities under management and administration by the Wealth Management Division which may have a negative impact on fee income. See the section captioned “Net Interest Income” in the MD&A section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details regarding interest rate risk.

Provision for loan and lease losses and level of non-performing loans may need to be modified in connection with internal or external changes

All borrowers carry the potential to default and our remedies to recover may not fully satisfy money previously loaned. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents the Corporation’s best estimate of probable credit losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of the Corporation, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects the Corporation’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic conditions; and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks using existing qualitative and quantitative information, all of which may undergo material changes.

 

17


Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of additional loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of the Corporation. An increase in the allowance for loan losses results in a decrease in net income, and possibly risk-based capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The design of the allowance for loan loss methodology is a dynamic process that must be responsive to changes in environmental factors. Accordingly, at times the allowance methodology may be modified in order to incorporate changes in various factors including, but not limited to, levels and trends of delinquencies and charge-offs, trends in volume and types of loans, national and economic trends and industry conditions.

The Corporation’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented

The Corporation diligently reviews and updates the its internal controls over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any failure or undetected circumvention of these controls could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Decreased residential mortgage origination, volume and pricing decisions of competitors could affect our net income

The Corporation originates, sells and services residential mortgage loans. Changes in interest rates and pricing decisions by our loan competitors affect demand for the Corporation’s residential mortgage loan products, the revenue realized on the sale of loans and revenues received from servicing such loans for others, ultimately reducing the Corporation’s net income. New regulations, increased regulatory reviews, and/or changes in the structure of the secondary mortgage markets which the Corporation utilizes to sell mortgage loans may be introduced and may increase costs and make it more difficult to operate a residential mortgage origination business.

The Corporation’s performance and financial condition may be adversely affected by regional economic conditions and real estate values

The Bank’s loan and deposit activities are largely based in eastern Pennsylvania. As a result, the Corporation’s consolidated financial performance depends largely upon economic conditions in this eastern Pennsylvania region. This region experienced deteriorating local economic conditions during 2008 through 2011, and a continued downturn in the regional real estate market could harm our financial condition and results of operations because of the geographic concentration of loans within this regional area and because a large percentage of our loans are secured by real property. If there is further decline in real estate values, the collateral for the Corporation’s loans will provide less security. As a result, the Corporation’s ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate will be diminished, and the Bank will be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.

Additionally, a significant portion of the Corporation’s loan portfolio is invested in commercial real estate loans. Often in a commercial real estate transaction, repayment of the loan is dependent on rental income. Economic conditions may affect the tenant’s ability to make rental payments on a timely basis, and may cause some tenants not to renew their leases, each of which may impact the debtor’s ability to make loan payments. Further, if expenses associated with commercial properties increase dramatically, the tenant’s ability to repay, and therefore the debtor’s ability to make timely loan payments, could be adversely affected.

All of these factors could increase the amount of the Corporation’s non-performing loans, increase its provision for loan and lease losses and reduce the Corporation’s net income.

 

18


Economic troubles may negatively affect our leasing business

The Corporation’s leasing business which began operations in September 2006, consists of nation-wide leasing various types of equipment to businesses with an average original equipment cost of approximately $21 thousand per lease. Continued economic sluggishness may result in higher credit losses than we would experience in our traditional lending business, as well as potential increases in state regulatory burdens such as state income taxes, personal property taxes and sales and use taxes.

A general economic slowdown could further impact Wealth Management Division revenues

A general economic slowdown could decrease the value of Wealth Management Division assets under management and administration resulting in lower fee income, and clients potentially seeking alternative investment opportunities with other providers, which resulting in lower fee income to the Corporation.

Our ability to realize our deferred tax asset may be reduced, which may adversely impact results of operations

Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to exercise significant judgment and is inherently uncertain because it requires the prediction of future occurrences. The deferred tax asset may be reduced in the future if estimates of future income or our tax planning strategies do not support the amount of the deferred tax asset. If it is determined that a valuation allowance of its deferred tax asset is necessary, the Corporation may incur a charge to earnings.

Environmental risk associated with our lending activities could affect our results of operations and financial condition

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate and could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with environmental investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Technological systems failures, interruptions and security breaches could negatively impact our operations

Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our deposits, and our loans. While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures, interruptions, and security breaches, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, any compromise of our security systems could deter customers from using our web site and our online banking service, which involve the transmission of confidential information. Although we rely on commonly used security and processing systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

In addition, we outsource certain of our data processing to third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

The occurrence of any systems failure, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

19


Additionally, financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. Our ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively, and in a cost-efficient manner, is dependent on our ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology as it becomes available. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technology than we do and may be better equipped to market new technology-driven products and services. The ability to keep pace with technological change is important, and the failure to do so on our part could have a material adverse impact on our business and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation is subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors

Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Potential acquisitions may disrupt the Corporation’s business and dilute shareholder value

We regularly evaluate opportunities to strengthen our current market position by acquiring and investing in banks and in other complementary businesses, or opening new branches. As a result, we may engage in negotiations or discussions that, if they were to result in a transaction, could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity. Our acquisition activities could be material to us. For example, we could issue additional shares of common stock in a purchase transaction, which could dilute current shareholders’ ownership interest. These activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash, other liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized. Any potential charges for impairment related to goodwill would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.

Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of:

 

   

incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in the Corporation’s attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

 

   

using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

 

   

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire;

 

   

the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

 

   

experiencing higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations;

 

   

creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations;

 

   

losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received; and

 

   

risk of significant problems relating to the conversion of the financial and customer data of the entity being acquired into the Corporation’s financial and customer product systems.

 

20


There is no assurance that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with pending or potential acquisitions. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, ROE and ROA, and our ability to achieve our business strategy and maintain our market value.

Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future which could limit the growth of our business

We may not be able to sustain a positive rate of growth or be able to expand our business. We expect that other banking and financial service companies, many of which have significantly greater resources than us, will compete with us in acquiring other financial institutions if we pursue such acquisitions. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. Also, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals for a transaction, we will not be able to consummate such transaction which we believe to be in our best interests. Among other things, our regulators consider our capital, liquidity, profitability, regulatory compliance and levels of goodwill and intangibles when considering acquisition and expansion proposals. Other factors, such as economic conditions and legislative considerations, may also impede or prohibit our ability to expand our market presence. If we are not able to successfully grow our business, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The financial services industry is very competitive, and such competition could affect our operating results

The Corporation faces competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services such as trust and investment management services throughout the Corporation’s market area. The Corporation’s competitors include other community banks, larger banking institutions, trust companies and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, registered investment advisors, financial planning firms, leasing companies, government-sponsored enterprises, on-line banking enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies and other non-bank businesses. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources than the Corporation. This is especially evident in regards to advertising and public relations spending. For a more complete discussion of our competitive environment, see “Business—Competition” in Item 1 above. If the Corporation is unable to compete effectively, the Corporation may lose market share and income from deposits, loans, and other products may be reduced.

Additionally, increased competition among financial services companies due to consolidation of certain competing financial institutions and the conversion of certain investment banks to bank holding companies may adversely affect our ability to market our products and services.

The Corporation’s common stock is subordinate to all of our existing and future indebtedness; regulatory and contractual restrictions may limit or prevent us from paying dividends on our common stock; and we are not limited on the amount of indebtedness we and our subsidiaries may incur in the future

Our common stock ranks junior to all indebtedness, including our outstanding subordinated debentures, and other non-equity claims on the Corporation with respect to assets available to satisfy claims on the Corporation, including in a liquidation of the Corporation. Additionally, unlike indebtedness, where principal and interest would customarily be payable on specified due dates, in the case of our common stock, dividends are payable only when, as and if authorized and declared by our Board of Directors and depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, debt service requirements, other cash needs and any other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Under Pennsylvania law we are subject to restrictions on payments of dividends out of lawfully available funds. Also, the Corporation’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.

In addition, we are not limited by our common stock in the amount of debt or other obligations we or our subsidiaries may incur in the future. Accordingly, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial amounts of additional debt and other obligations that will rank senior to our common stock or to which our common stock will be structurally subordinated.

 

21


There may be future sales of additional common stock or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock

We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock or other securities. Additionally, our shareholders may in the future approve the authorization of additional classes or series of stock which may have distribution or other rights senior to the rights of our common stock, or may be convertible into or exchangeable for, or may represent the right to receive, common stock or substantially similar securities. The future issuance of shares of our common stock or any other such future equity classes or series could have a dilutive effect on the holders of our common stock. Additionally, the market value of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large number of shares of common stock or any future class or series of stock in the market or the perception that such sales could occur.

Downgrades in U.S. government and federal agency securities could adversely affect the Corporation

In addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, any downgrades in U.S. government and federal agency securities, or failures to raise the U.S. debt limit if necessary in the future, could, among other things, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. and other government and governmental agency securities that we hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms, as well as have other material adverse effects on the operation of our business and our financial results and condition. In particular, it could increase interest rates and disrupt payment systems, money markets, and long-term or short-term fixed income markets, adversely affecting the cost and availability of funding, which could negatively affect profitability. Also, the adverse consequences as a result of the downgrade could extend to the borrowers of the loans the bank makes and, as a result, could adversely affect its borrowers’ ability to repay their loans.

Additional risk factors also include the following all of which may reduce revenues and/or increase expenses and/or pull the Corporation’s attention away from core banking operations which may ultimately reduce the Corporation’s net income:

 

   

Inability to hire or retain key professionals, management and staff;

 

   

Changes in securities analysts’ estimates of financial performance;

 

   

Volatility of stock market prices and volumes;

 

   

Rumors or erroneous information;

 

   

Changes in market values of similar companies;

 

   

New developments in the banking industry;

 

   

Variations in quarterly or annual operating results;

 

   

New litigation or changes in existing litigation;

 

   

Regulatory actions;

 

   

Changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other regulatory agencies.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation owns or leases 19 full-service branch locations, seven limited-service Life Care Community branches and eight other office properties which serve as administrative offices.

 

22


The total minimum cash lease payments for office, branch office (including ground leases) and life care community locations amounts to $254 thousand per month.

The following table details the Corporation’s properties and deposits as of December 31, 2012:

 

Property Address

  

Owned/Leased

  Net Book Value
as of
December 31, 2012
  (dollars in thousands)  
     Total Deposits
as of
December 31, 2012

  (dollars in thousands)  
 

Full Service Branches:

       

801 Lancaster Ave., Bryn Mawr, PA 19010*

   Owned   $     5,066       $ 675,979   

50 W. Lancaster Ave., Ardmore, PA 19003

   Leased     2,291         97,283   

5000 Pennell Rd., Aston, PA 19014

   Leased     423         23,597   

135 E. City Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

   Leased     2,235         4   

3218 Edgemont Ave., Brookhaven, PA 19015

   Owned     726         59,169   

US Rts. 1 and 100, Chadds Ford, PA 19317

   Leased     57         28,216   

23 E. Fifth St., Chester, PA 19013

   Leased     87         27,113   

31 Baltimore Pk., Chester Heights, PA 19017

   Leased     459         51,974   

237 N. Pottstown Pk., Exton, PA 19341

   Leased     794         57,042   

18 W. Eagle Rd., Havertown, PA 19083

   Owned     1,160         77,281   

106 E. Street Rd., Kennett Square, PA 19348

   Leased     534         23,338   

22 W. State St., Media, PA 19063

   Owned     3,377         63,739   

3601 West Chester Pk., Newtown Square, PA 19073

   Leased     1,124         50,858   

39 W. Lancaster Ave., Paoli, PA 19301

   Owned     1,519         67,217   

330 Dartmouth Ave., Swarthmore, PA 19081

   Owned     728         50,733   

849 Paoli Pk., West Chester, PA 19380

   Leased     1,374         36,852   

330 E. Lancaster Ave., Wayne, PA 19087

   Owned     1,290         124,605   

One Tower Bridge, West Conshohocken, PA 19428

   Leased     4         20,784   

1000 Rocky Run Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19803

   Leased     569         65,977   

Life Care Community Offices:

       

601 N. Ithan Ave., Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

   Leased     —           5,183   

1400 Waverly Rd, Gladwyne, PA 19035

   Leased     —           4,226   

3300 Darby Rd., Haverford, PA 19041

   Leased     —           6,065   

11 Martins Run, Media, PA 19063

   Leased     —           3,696   

535 Gradyville Rd., Newtown Square, PA 19073

   Leased     —           9,511   

404 Cheswick Pl., Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

   Leased     —           3,272   

1615 E. Boot Rd., West Chester, PA 19380

   Leased     —           968   

Other Administrative Offices:

       

2, 6 S. Bryn Mawr Ave., Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

   Leased     532         Not applicable   

10 S. Bryn Mawr Ave., Bryn Mawr, PA 19010***

   Owned     814         Not applicable   

4093 W. Lincoln Hwy., Exton, PA 19341**

   Leased     —           Not applicable   

16 Campus Blvd., Newtown Square, PA 19073**

   Leased     —           Not applicable   

322 E. Lancaster Ave., Wayne, PA 19087

   Owned     2,575         Not applicable   

1 West Chocolate Avenue, Hershey, PA 17033***

   Leased     10         Not applicable   

20 Montchanin Rd, Suite 185 Greenville, DE 19807**

   Leased     —           Not applicable   

20 North Waterloo Rd, Devon PA 19380***

   Leased     101         Not applicable   

Subsidiary Offices:

       

Lau Associates—20 Montchanin Rd, Suite 110,

Greenville, DE 19087

   Leased     214         Not applicable   

BMTC-DE—20 Montchanin Rd, Suite 100 Greenville,

DE 19807

   Leased     41         Not applicable   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

       28,104       $ 1,634,682   

 

* Corporate headquarters and executive offices

 

23


** Lending office
*** Wealth Management office

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to, nor is any of their property the subject of, any material legal proceedings other than ordinary routine litigation incident to their businesses.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

  Not Applicable

 

24


PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Corporation’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol BMTC. As of December 31, 2012, there were 577 holders of record of the Corporation’s common stock.

 

   

Range of Market Prices of Common Stock and Cash Dividends

 

     2012      2011  
         High Bid              Low Bid          Dividend
    Declared    
         High Bid              Low Bid          Dividend
    Declared    
 

1st Quarter

   $     22.88       $     19.40       $     0.16       $     21.45       $     16.85       $     0.15   

2nd Quarter

   $ 22.67       $ 19.90       $ 0.16       $ 21.24       $ 19.11       $ 0.15   

3rd Quarter

   $ 22.99       $ 20.61       $ 0.16       $ 21.06       $ 16.02       $ 0.15   

4th Quarter

   $ 22.90       $ 19.97       $ 0.16       $ 19.76       $ 15.19       $ 0.15   

The information regarding dividend restrictions is set forth in Note 25 – “Dividend Restrictions” in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

   

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return Chart

The following chart compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative shareholder return on the Corporation’s common stock during the five years ended December 31, 2012, with (1) the Total Return for the NASDAQ Market Index; (2) the Total Return Index for SNL Bank and Thrift Index; and (3) the Total Return Index for SNL Mid-Atlantic Bank Index . This comparison assumes $100.00 was invested on December 31, 2007, in our common stock and the comparison groups and assumes the reinvestment of all cash dividends prior to any tax effect and retention of all stock dividends.

 

LOGO

 

25


Five Year Cumulative Total Return Summary

 
     For The Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
     2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012  

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

   $     100.00       $     90.07       $     69.83       $ 83.45       $ 96.15       $ 113.21   

NASDAQ Market Index

   $ 100.00       $ 60.02       $ 87.24       $     103.08       $     102.26       $     120.42   

SNL Bank and Thrift

   $ 100.00       $ 57.51       $ 56.74       $ 63.34       $ 49.25       $ 66.14   

SNL Mid-Atlantic Bank

   $ 100.00       $ 55.09       $ 57.99       $ 67.67       $ 50.82       $ 68.08   

 

   

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Equity compensation plan information is incorporated by reference to Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional information regarding the Corporation’s stock option plans can be found at Note 19 – “Stock Based Compensation” in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements found in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

   

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following tables present the repurchasing activity of the Corporation during the fourth quarter of 2012:

Shares Repurchased in the 4th Quarter of 2012 (1) (2)

 

Period:

   Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
     Average
Price Paid
per Share
     Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
     Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plan or Programs
 

Oct. 1, 2012 – Oct. 31,2012

     —           —           —           195,705   

Nov. 1, 2012 – Nov. 30, 2012

     —           —           —           195,705   

Dec. 1, 2012 – Dec. 31, 2012

     —           —           —           195,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     —           —           —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) On February 24, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted a new stock repurchase program (the “2006 Program”) under which the Corporation may repurchase up to 450,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, not to exceed $10 million. The 2006 Program was publicly announced in a Press Release dated February 24, 2006. There is no expiration date on the 2006 Program. All shares purchased through the 2006 Program were accomplished in open market transactions.

 

(2) In October, November and December 2012, no shares were purchased by the Corporation’s Deferred Compensation Plans through open market transactions by the Corporation’s Wealth Management Division investment personnel.

 

26


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Earnings    As of or for the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010     2009*     2008*  

Interest income

   $ 73,323      $ 74,562      $ 64,897      $ 56,892      $ 57,934   

Interest expense

     8,588        11,661        12,646        16,099        20,796   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     64,735        62,901        52,251        40,793        37,138   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,003        6,088        9,854        6,884        5,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     60,732        56,813        42,397        33,909        31,542   

Non-interest income

     46,386        34,059        29,299        28,470        21,472   

Non-interest expense

     74,901        61,729        58,206        46,542        38,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     32,217        29,143        13,490        15,837        14,338   

Income taxes

     11,070        9,541        4,444        5,500        5,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 21,147      $ 19,602      $ 9,046      $ 10,337      $ 9,325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data

          

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     13,090,110        12,659,824        10,680,377        8,732,004        8,566,938   

Dilutive potential common shares

     151,736        82,313        12,312        16,719        34,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted-average shares

     13,241,846        12,742,137        10,692,689        8,748,723        8,601,171   

Earnings per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 1.62      $ 1.55      $ 0.85      $ 1.18      $ 1.09   

Diluted

   $ 1.60      $ 1.54      $ 0.85      $ 1.18      $ 1.08   

Dividends declared

   $ 0.64      $ 0.60      $ 0.56      $ 0.56      $ 0.54   

Dividends declared per share to net income per basic common share

     39.5     38.7     65.9     47.5     49.5

Shares outstanding at year end

     13,412,690        13,106,353        12,181,247        8,866,420        8,592,259   

Book value per share

   $ 15.18      $ 14.07      $ 13.14      $ 11.72      $ 10.76   

Tangible book value per share

   $ 11.08      $ 10.81      $ 11.11      $ 10.40      $ 9.55   

Profitability Ratios

          

Tax-equivalent net interest margin

     3.85     3.96     3.79     3.70     3.84

Return on average assets

     1.15     1.13     0.61     0.88     0.89

Return on average equity

     10.91     11.10     6.72     10.55     10.01

Non-interest expense to net-interest income and non-interest income

     67.4     63.7     71.4     67.2     66.0

Non-interest expense to net-interest income and non-interest income

     41.7     35.1     35.9     41.1     36.6

Average equity to average total assets

     10.57     10.19     9.02     8.30     8.91

Financial Condition

          

Total assets

   $ 2,035,885      $ 1,773,373      $ 1,730,388      $ 1,238,821      $ 1,151,346   

Total liabilities

     1,832,321        1,588,994        1,570,350        1,134,885        1,058,933   

Total shareholders’ equity

     203,564        184,379        160,038        103,936        92,413   

Interest-earning assets

     1,879,412        1,629,607        1,600,125        1,164,617        1,061,139   

Portfolio loans and leases

     1,398,456        1,295,392        1,196,717        885,739        899,577   

Investment securities

     318,061        275,258        320,047        208,224        108,329   

Goodwill

     32,897        24,689        17,659        6,301        4,629   

Intangible assets

     21,998        18,014        7,064        5,421        5,729   

Deposits

     1,634,682        1,382,369        1,341,432        937,887        869,490   

Borrowings

     170,718        183,158        204,724        169,388        169,939   

Wealth assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage

     6,663,212        4,831,631        3,412,890        2,871,143        2,146,399   

Capital Ratios

          

Ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets

     7.60     8.19     7.93     7.51     7.19

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

     11.02     11.16     11.21     9.41     8.81

Total regulatory capital to risk weighted assets

     12.02     13.74     13.62     12.53     11.29

Asset quality

          

Allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans and leases

     1.03     0.98     0.86     1.18     1.15

Non-performing loans and leases as a percentage of portfolio loans and leases

     1.06     1.11     0.79     0.78     0.65

 

* Amounts in 2008 and 2009 have not been adjusted to reflect the immaterial effect of the correction of an immaterial accounting error. For more information, refer to Note 1-B in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Information related to accounting changes may be found under the caption “New Accounting Pronouncements” at Note 1-W in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements found in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

27


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OPERATIONS (“MD&A”)

Brief History of the Corporation

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company (the “Bank”) received its Pennsylvania banking charter in 1889 and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. In 1986, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation”) was formed and on January 2, 1987, the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. The Bank and Corporation are headquartered in Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, a western suburb of Philadelphia. The Corporation and its subsidiaries offer a full range of personal and business banking services, consumer and commercial loans, equipment leasing, mortgages, insurance and wealth management services, including investment management, trust and estate administration, retirement planning, custody services, and tax planning and preparation from 19 full-service branches and seven limited-hour, retirement community offices throughout Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties of Pennsylvania and New Castle county in Delaware. The common stock of the Corporation trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol BMTC.

The Corporation operates in a highly competitive market area that includes local, national and regional banks as competitors along with savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, trust companies, registered investment advisors and mutual fund families. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are regulated by many agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), NASDAQ, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Federal Reserve and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The goal of the Corporation is to become the preeminent community bank and wealth management organization in the Philadelphia area.

During the three years ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation completed the following transactions:

First Bank of Delaware

On November 17, 2012, the acquisition of $70.3 million of deposits, $76.6 million of loans and a branch location from First Bank of Delaware (“FBD”), by the Corporation was completed. The transaction, which was accounted for as a business combination, enabled the Corporation to expand its banking arm into the Delaware market by opening its first full-service branch there, complementing its existing wealth management operations in the state.

Davidson Trust Company

On May 15, 2012, the acquisition of Davidson Trust Company (“DTC”) by the Corporation was completed. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination. The acquisition of DTC initially increased the Corporation’s wealth management division assets under management by $1.0 billion. The structure of the Corporation’s existing wealth management segment allowed for the immediate integration of DTC and was able to take advantage of the various synergies that exist between the two companies.

The Private Wealth Management Group of The Hershey Trust Company

On May 27, 2011, the acquisition of the Private Wealth Management Group of the Hershey Trust Company (“PWMG”) by the Corporation was completed. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination. The acquisition of PWMG initially increased the Corporation’s wealth management division assets under management by $1.1 billion. The acquisition of PWMG allowed the Corporation to establish a presence in central Pennsylvania by maintaining the former PWMG offices in Hershey, Pennsylvania.

First Keystone Financial, Inc.

On July 1, 2010, the merger of First Keystone Financial, Inc. (“FKF”) with and into the Corporation, and the two step merger of FKF’s wholly-owned subsidiary, First Keystone Bank with and into the Bank, were completed.

The transaction was accounted for as a business combination. The merger with FKF, a federally chartered thrift institution with assets of approximately $480 million, enabled the Corporation to increase its regional footprint

 

28


with the addition of eight full service branch locations, primarily in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. The geographic locations of the acquired branches were such that it was not necessary to close any of the former FKF branches. By expanding into these new areas within Delaware County, Pennsylvania, the Corporation has been able to extend its successful sales culture as well as offer its reputable wealth management products and other value-added services to a wider segment of the region’s population.

Results of Operations

The following is Management’s discussion and analysis of the significant changes in the results of operations, capital resources and liquidity presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Corporation’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations are comprised primarily of the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. Current performance does not guarantee, and may not be indicative of, similar performance in the future. For more information on the factors that could affect performance, see “Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward Looking Statements” on page 57 of this Item.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation and its subsidiaries conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All inter-company transactions are eliminated in consolidation and certain reclassifications are made when necessary in order to conform the previous years’ financial statements to the current year’s presentation. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance sheets and revenues and expenditures for the periods presented. Therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates.

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than other significant accounting policies. The allowance for loan and lease losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining a reserve level believed by the Corporation to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable credit losses. The Corporation’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates, including, among others, expected default probabilities, expected loan commitment usage, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans and leases, value of collateral, estimated losses on consumer loans and residential mortgages and general amounts for historical loss experience. The process also considers economic conditions and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from the Corporation’s estimates, additional provision for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods. See the section of this document titled Asset Quality and Analysis of Credit Risk for additional information.

Other significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 in the accompanying financial statements. The Corporation’s Summary of Significant Accounting Policies has not substantively changed any aspect of its overall approach in the application of the foregoing policies.

Overview of General Economic, Regulatory and Governmental Environment

Despite the uncertainty surrounding the ultimate outcome of the nation’s remaining budgetary agreement, the general economic outlook is showing slow but steady improvement. Unemployment rates are moving lower and consumer balance sheets have improved to a level of quality not seen since the early 1990’s. Debt levels have been reduced and asset levels recouped much of the losses from the “Great Recession.” Throughout the last four years, consumers have reduced the amount of disposable personal income that has been committed to meeting total financial obligations (auto, mortgage, insurance and taxes) from a historically high level of 19% to slightly below 16% representing the healthiest level in more than 20 years.

 

29


The housing market has been showing a gradual improvement over the last few quarters, as measured by new building permits as well as an improvement in new and existing home sales. This improvement has occurred amid a favorable backdrop of historically low mortgage rates. In addition to the forecasted improvement in the housing market, consumer spending on durable goods should also show a marked improvement as we move through the year. Improvement in consumers’ balance sheets has been met by a banking industry now adequately capitalized and willing to make credit available at very attractive rates.

The initial reaction to the “American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012” has been positive for the markets since many of the individual tax policy uncertainties have been settled. The Bush-era personal income tax rates have been made permanent for those individuals making under $400,000 and capital gains, dividend income, and estate tax rates have been set going forward with unemployment benefits having been extended for another year. However, many uncertainties remain to be addressed in the areas of corporate tax rates and incentives as well as the required governmental spending reductions that will become necessary to reduce the deficit.

The Federal Reserve’s continued efforts to maintain low interest rates during the months ahead, coupled with relatively high unemployment rates and low capacity utilization rates, should continue to contain the underlying inflationary pressure over the near to intermediate term. In the long term however, the magnitude of future inflationary pressure will depend on the government’s resolve in completing the actions that are necessary to restore a climate of fiscal discipline by reducing the size of the fiscal budget deficit. Through the next few years, economic growth is likely to remain under historically average trends given the expected impact of a combination of government spending reductions and revenue increases needed to reduce the level of our ongoing federal deficit. This deleveraging would likely moderate the underlying growth potential of the United States as well as many of the other major economies over the next five to seven years.

Executive Overview

2012 Compared to 2011

Income Statement

The Corporation reported net income of $21.1 million or $1.60 diluted earnings per share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $19.6 million, or $1.54 diluted earnings per share, for the same period in 2011. Return on average equity (“ROE”) and return on average assets (“ROA”) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, were 10.91% and 1.15%, respectively, as compared to 11.08% and 1.14%, respectively, for the same period in 2011. The increase in net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011, was largely related to a $12.3 million increase in non-interest income, comprised primarily of increases in wealth management revenue and gains on sale of residential mortgage loans. Also contributing to the net income increase was a $1.8 million increase in net interest income and a $2.1 million decrease in Provision between the periods. These improvements were substantially offset by a $13.2 million increase in non-interest expense and a $1.5 million increase in income tax expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011.

The $1.8 million, or 2.9% increase in the Corporation’s tax-equivalent net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011, was attributed to a $3.1 million, or 26.4%, decrease in tax-equivalent interest expense offset by a $1.2 million, or 1.6%, decrease in tax-equivalent interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011. The Corporation’s tax-equivalent net interest margin declined to 3.85% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 from 3.96% for the same period in 2011.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the provision for loan and lease losses of $4.0 million was a decrease of $2.1 million from the $6.1 million for the same period in 2011. This decrease was partially the result of a $1.3 million, or 35.4%, decline in net loan charge-offs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease in net loan charge-offs was concentrated in the commercial mortgage, leasing and residential mortgage segments of the portfolio.

 

30


Non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 was $46.4 million, an increase of $12.3 million, or 36.2%, as compared to the same period in 2011. Largely contributing to the increase in non-interest income was an $8.1 million, or 37.5%, increase in fees for wealth management services, as the additions of PWMG in May 2011 and DTC in May 2012 had a significant impact on wealth management revenue. Augmenting the wealth management revenue increase was a $4.2 million, or 167.6%, increase in the gain on sale of residential mortgage loans for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2010. During 2012, the Corporation experienced a surge in the volume of residential mortgage loan originations, as the low interest rate climate spurred on another refinancing boom.

Non-interest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, was $74.9 million, an increase of $13.2 million, or 21.3%, as compared to the same period in 2011. Contributing to this increase were a $6.3 million increase in salaries and employee benefits and a $2.1 million increase in due diligence and merger-related expenses. During 2012, the Corporation completed two transactions which not only accounted for the due diligence and merger-related expense increase, but also added overhead costs in the form of salaries and employee benefits as well as occupancy costs related to the new employees and facilities.

Balance Sheet

Asset quality remained relatively stable as of December 31, 2012. The allowance for loan and lease losses of $14.4 million was 1.03% of portfolio loans and leases, as of December 31, 2012, as compared to $12.8 million, or 0.98% of portfolio loans and leases, at December 31, 2011. The increase in the Allowance as of December 31, 2012, as compared to December 31, 2011, is reflective of the increase in the balance of loan portfolio between the dates.

Total portfolio loans and leases of $1.40 billion at December 31, 2012 increased $103.1 million, or 8.0%, as compared to $1.30 billion at December 31, 2011. The loan growth was concentrated in the commercial mortgage and commercial and industrial segments of the portfolio and was largely related to the $76.6 million of loans acquired from FBD.

The Corporation’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2012 had a fair market value of $316.6 million, as compared to $273.8 million at December 31, 2011, as cash inflows from maturities, calls and pay downs as well as deposit inflows were reinvested.

Deposits of $1.63 billion, as of December 31, 2012, increased $252.3 million from December 31, 2011. The 18.3% increase was partially the result of the $70.3 million of deposits acquired from FBD, along with significant organic growth concentrated in the money market segment of the portfolio.

2011 Compared to 2010

Income Statement

In general, the differences in the results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, were significantly impacted by the July 1, 2010 merger with FKF and the May 27, 2011 acquisition of PWMG. The Corporation reported net income of $19.6 million or $1.54 diluted earnings per share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $9.0 million, or $0.85 diluted earnings per share, for the same period in 2010. ROE and ROA for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, were 11.08% and 1.14%, respectively, as compared to 6.72% and 0.61%, respectively, for the same period in 2010. The increase in net income and, in turn, ROE and ROA for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, was primarily related to a $10.7 million increase in net interest income, a $4.8 million increase in non-interest income and a $3.8 million decrease in Provision. These improvements were partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in non-interest expense and a $5.1 million increase in income tax expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010

 

31


The $10.4 million, or 19.6% increase in the Corporation’s tax-equivalent net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, was largely attributed to a $9.4 million, or 14.3%, increase in tax-equivalent interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010 which was primarily the result of a $209.0 million increase in average portfolio loans between the periods. The Corporation’s tax-equivalent net interest margin increased to 3.96% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 from 3.79% for the same period in 2010.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the provision for loan and lease losses of $6.1 million was a decrease of $3.8 million, or 38.2%, from the $9.9 million for the same period in 2010. This decrease resulted from the $6.4 million, or 63.9%, decline in net loan charge-offs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. The decrease in net loan charge-offs was primarily related to the $6.7 million decrease in net charge-offs of commercial and industrial loans between the periods. Increases in non-performing loans, primarily related to two residential construction loan relationships which became non-performing during 2011, required additional Provision, partially offsetting the charge-off declines.

Non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was $34.1 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 16.2%, as compared to the same period in 2010. Largely contributing to the increase in non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was a $6.2 million, or 39.8%, increase in fees for wealth management services. This increase was primarily attributable to the May 27, 2011 acquisition of PWMG, which initially added $1.1 billion to the Corporation’s assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage. Partially offsetting the increase in wealth management revenues was a $2.2 million decrease in the gain on sale of residential mortgage loans for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. During 2011, the Corporation experienced a decline in the volume of residential mortgage loan originations, as the refinancing boom of 2010 dropped off and did not continue into 2011. In addition, the Corporation elected to retain a larger portion of the originated residential loans in its portfolio.

Non-interest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, was $61.7 million, an increase of $3.5 million, or 6.1%, as compared to the same period in 2010. Contributing to this increase were a $4.2 million increase in salaries and benefits expenses, a $1.7 million increase in occupancy-related expenses, a $756 thousand increase in impairment of mortgage servicing rights, a $1.5 million increase in other operating expenses and a $1.0 million increase in intangible asset amortization. These increases were substantially offset by a $5.2 million decrease in due diligence and merger-related expenses between the periods.

Components of Net Income

Net income is comprised of five major elements:

 

   

Net Interest Income, or the difference between the interest income earned on loans, leases and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds;

 

   

Provision For Loan and Lease Losses, or the amount added to the Allowance to provide for estimated inherent losses on portfolio loans and leases;

 

   

Non-Interest Income which is made up primarily of wealth management revenue, gains and losses from the sale of residential mortgage loans, gains and losses from the sale of available for sale investment securities and other fees from loan and deposit services;

 

   

Non-Interest Expense, which consists primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, intangible asset amortization, professional fees and other operating expenses; and

 

   

Income Taxes, which include state and federal jurisdictions.

 

32


Net Interest Income

Rate/Volume Analyses (Tax-equivalent Basis)*

The rate volume analysis in the table below analyzes dollar changes in the components of interest income and interest expense as they relate to the change in balances (volume) and the change in interest rates (rate) of tax-equivalent net interest income for the years 2012 as compared to 2011 and 2011 as compared to 2010, allocated by rate and volume. The change in interest income / expense due to both volume and rate has been allocated to changes in volume.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012 Compared to 2011           2011 Compared to 2010  
increase/(decrease)    Volume     Rate     Total           Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest Income:

                 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 18      $ (6   $ 12           $ (53   $ (11   $ (64

Investment securities – taxable

     306        (1,109     (803          559        (304     255   

Investment securities – nontaxable

     207        (234     (27          (688     (88     (776

Loans and leases

     3,384        (3,798     (414          11,972        (1,997     9,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     3,915        (5,147     (1,232          11,790        (2,400     9,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

                 

Savings, NOW and market rate accounts

     444        (1,133     (689          646        (645     1   

Wholesale non-maturity deposits

     (69     14        (55          24        (101     (77

Wholesale time deposits

     (139     (94     (233          (134     (196     (330

Time deposits

     (361     (417     (778          339        (246     93   

Borrowed funds – long-term

     88        (1,403     (1,315          (859     179        (680

Borrowed funds – short-term

     5        (8     (3          15        (7     8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (32     (3,041     (3,073          31        (1,016     (985
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest differential

   $ 3,947      $ (2,106   $ 1,841           $ 11,759      $ (1,384   $ 10,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* The tax rate used in the calculation of the tax-equivalent income is 35%.

 

33


Analysis of Interest Rates and Interest Differential

The table below presents the major asset and liability categories on an average daily basis for the periods presented, along with tax-equivalent interest income and expense and key rates and yields:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2012          2011          2010  
(dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
Rates
Earned/
Paid
         Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
Rates
Earned/
Paid
         Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
Rates
Earned/
Paid
 

Assets:

                         

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

  $ 60,389      $ 127        0.21       $ 52,390      $ 115        0.22       $ 73,521      $ 179        0.24

Investment securities – available for sale:

                         

Taxable

    299,598        4,060        1.36         281,970        4,868        1.73         251,318        4,620        1.84

Tax –Exempt

    16,685        302        1.81         10,239        329        3.21         27,173        1,105        4.07
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total investment securities – available for sale

    316,283        4,362        1.38         292,209        5,197        1.78         278,491        5,725        2.06

Investment securities – trading

    1,431        37        2.59         1,339        32        2.39         1,383        25        1.81

Loans and leases(1)(2)(3)

    1,310,883        69,140        5.27         1,250,071        69,554        5.56         1,041,109        59,579        5.72
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    1,688,986        73,666        4.36         1,596,009        74,898        4.69         1,394,504        65,508        4.70

Cash and due from banks

    12,890                12,078                11,750       

Allowance for loan and lease losses

    (13,469             (11,397             (10,248    

Other assets

    144,594                134,996                96,145       
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 1,833,001              $ 1,731,686              $ 1,492,151       
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

Liabilities:

                         

Savings, NOW, and market rate accounts

  $ 828,675        2,268        0.27       $ 722,850        2,957        0.41       $ 594,756      $ 2,957        0.50

Wholesale non-maturity deposits

    46,815        169        0.36         67,793        224        0.33         62,875        301        0.48

Wholesale time deposits

    17,256        88        0.51         30,429        321        1.05         38,379        651        1.70

Time deposits

    195,778        1,507        0.77         232,084        2,285        0.98         201,947        2,192        1.09
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    1,088,524        4,032        0.37         1,053,156        5,787        0.55         897,957        6,101        0.68

Subordinated debentures

    18,327        931        5.08         22,500        1,123        4.99         22,500        1,129        5.02

Junior subordinated debentures

    —          —          —              11,580        1,050        9.06         6,076        493        8.13

Short-term borrowings

    13,525        21        0.16         11,380        25        0.21         5,838        16        0.28

FHLB advances and other borrowings

    163,888        3,604        2.20         145,421        3,676        2.53         177,882        4,907        2.76
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,284,264        8,588        0.67         1,244,037        11,661        0.94         1,110,253        12,646        1.14

Non-interest-bearing deposits

    329,631                287,553                222,715       

Other liabilities

    25,242                23,573                24,601       
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

Total non-interest-bearing liabilities

    354,873                311,126                247,316       
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    1,639,137                1,555,163                1,357,569       

Shareholders’ equity

    193,864                176,523                134,582       
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,833,001              $ 1,731,686              $ 1,492,151       
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

Net interest spread

        3.69             3.75             3.56

Effect of non-interest-bearing sources

        0.16             0.21             0.23
   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income/margin on earning assets

    $ 65,078        3.85         $ 63,237        3.96         $ 52,862        3.79
   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent adjustment (tax rate 35%)

    $ 343        0.02         $ 336        0.02         $ 611        0.04
   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Non-accrual loans have been included in average loan balances, but interest on non-accrual loans has not been included for purposes of determining interest income.

(2) 

Includes portfolio loans and leases and loans held for sale.

(3)

Interest on loans and leases includes deferred (costs) fees of $(12), $24 and $106

 

34


Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income and Margin 2012 Compared to 2011

The tax-equivalent net interest margin declined 11 basis points to 3.85% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 3.96%, for the same period in 2011.

Tax-equivalent net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 of $65.1 million, was $1.9 million, or 2.9%, higher than the tax-equivalent net interest income of $63.2 million for the same period in 2011. Although the decline in tax-equivalent yield earned on interest-bearing assets outpaced the decline in tax-equivalent rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, there was a $93.0 million increase in average interest-earning assets, compared to only a $40.2 million increase in average interest-bearing liabilities between the periods.

The significant growth in average interest-bearing assets included a $60.8 million increase in average loans, much of which was the result of loan originations, as opposed to the acquisition of loans from FBD, which occurred midway through the fourth quarter of 2012. In addition, the strategic decision to prepay the Corporation’s $22.5 million of subordinated debt during the third and fourth quarters of 2012 contributed to the reduction in tax-equivalent rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income and Margin 2011 Compared to 2010

The tax-equivalent net interest margin increased 17 basis points to 3.96% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to 3.79%, for the same period in 2010.

Tax-equivalent net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, of $63.2 million, was $10.4 million, or 19.6%, higher than the tax-equivalent net interest income of $52.8 million for the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily the result of the $201.5 million increase in average interest-earning assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase in average interest-earning assets was not only related to the assets acquired in the July 1, 2010 merger with FKF, which were present for all of 2011, as opposed to only six months during 2010; it was also the result of the organic loan growth of $98.7 million which occurred during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.

Partially offsetting the increase in interest-earning assets was the $133.8 million increase in average interest-bearing liabilities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was largely related to the deposits and other borrowings assumed in the FKF merger. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the balance of interest-bearing liabilities declined $24.7 million, as FHLB advances and other borrowings decreased by $12.3 million and the Corporation elected to prepay its $12.0 million of 9.7% junior subordinated debentures, which had been acquired in the merger with FKF. The tax-equivalent average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was 0.94%, a decrease of 20 basis points from 1.14% for the same period in 2010. Largely contributing to this decrease was the 13 basis point decline in tax-equivalent rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, as lower-rate money market deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits replaced the scheduled run-off of higher-rate time and wholesale deposits.

Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Margin – Quarterly Comparison

The tax-equivalent net interest margin and related components for the past five quarters are shown in the table below:

 

Quarter

   Year      Earning-Asset
Yield
    Interest-
Bearing
Liability Cost
    Net Interest
Spread
    Effect of Non-
Interest-
Bearing Sources
    Tax-Equivalent
Net Interest
Margin
 

4th 

     2012         4.27     0.54     3.73     0.13     3.86

3rd 

     2012         4.28     0.66     3.62     0.16     3.78

2nd

     2012         4.39     0.72     3.67     0.17     3.84

1st

     2012         4.51     0.76     3.75     0.18     3.93

4th

     2011         4.59     0.88     3.71     0.20     3.91

 

35


Interest Rate Sensitivity

The Corporation actively manages its interest rate sensitivity position. The objectives of interest rate risk management are to control exposure of net interest income to risks associated with interest rate movements and to achieve sustainable growth in net interest income. The Corporation’s Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), using policies and procedures approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, is responsible for the management of the Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity position. The Corporation manages interest rate sensitivity by changing the mix, pricing and re-pricing characteristics of its assets and liabilities, through the management of its investment portfolio, its offerings of loan and selected deposit terms and through wholesale funding. Wholesale funding consists of multiple sources including borrowings from the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia’s discount window, certificates of deposit from institutional brokers, Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”), Insured Network Deposit (“IND”) Program, Institutional Deposit Corporation (“IDC”) and Pennsylvania Local Government Investment Trust (“PLGIT”).

The Corporation uses several tools to manage its interest rate risk including interest rate sensitivity analysis, or Gap Analysis, market value of portfolio equity analysis, interest rate simulations under various rate scenarios and tax-equivalent net interest margin reports. The results of these reports are compared to limits established by the Corporation’s ALCO policies and appropriate adjustments are made if the results are outside the established limits.

The following table demonstrates the annualized result of an interest rate simulation and the estimated effect that a parallel interest rate shift, or “shock”, in the yield curve and subjective adjustments in deposit pricing, might have on the Corporation’s projected net interest income over the next 12 months.

This simulation assumes that there is no growth in interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities over the next twelve months. The changes to net interest income shown below are in compliance with the Corporation’s policy guidelines.

Summary of Interest Rate Simulation

 

     December 31, 2012  
(dollars in thousands)    Estimated Change
In Net  Interest
Income Over
Next 12 Months
 

Change in Interest Rates

    

+300 basis points

   $ 6,029        8.23

+200 basis points

   $ 3,425        4.68

+100 basis points

   $ 1,203        1.64

-100 basis points

   $ (1,817     (2.48 )% 

The interest rate simulation above demonstrates that the Corporation’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 is asset sensitive, indicating that an increase in interest rates will have a positive impact on net interest income over the next 12 months while a decrease in interest rates will negatively impact net interest income. In the above simulation, net interest income will increase if rates increase 100, 200 or 300 basis points. Because the Corporation’s internal prime loan rate is set, as of December 31, 2012, at 3.99%, or 74 basis points above the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate of 3.25%, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would have a less significant effect than it would had the Corporation not set this prime rate limit. The 100 basis point decrease scenario shows a $1.82 million, or 2.48%, decrease in net interest income over the next twelve months as many of the Corporation’s liabilities bear rates of interest below 1.00% and therefore would not be able to sustain the entire decrease. The four scenarios are directionally consistent with the December 31, 2011 simulation, but reflect a higher interest income increase and percentage change in net interest income due to the current rate environment.

The interest rate simulation is an estimate based on assumptions, which are based on past behavior of customers, along with expectations of future behavior relative to interest rate changes. In today’s uncertain economic

 

36


environment and the current extended period of very low interest rates, the reliability of the Corporation’s interest rate simulation model is more uncertain than in other periods. Actual customer behavior may be significantly different than expected behavior, which could cause an unexpected outcome and may result in lower net interest income.

Gap Report

The interest sensitivity, or Gap report, identifies interest rate risk by showing repricing gaps in the Corporation’s balance sheet. All assets and liabilities are reflected based on behavioral sensitivity, which is usually the earliest of either: repricing, maturity, contractual amortization, prepayments or likely call dates. Non-maturity deposits, such as NOW, savings and money market accounts are spread over various time periods based on the expected sensitivity of these rates considering liquidity and the investment preferences of the Corporation. Non-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities are spread over time periods to reflect the Corporation’s view of the maturity of these funds.

Non-maturity deposits (demand deposits in particular), are recognized by the Bank’s regulatory agencies to have different sensitivities to interest rate environments. Consequently, it is an accepted practice to spread non-maturity deposits over defined time periods in order to capture that sensitivity. Commercial demand deposits are often in the form of compensating balances, and fluctuate inversely to the level of interest rates; the maturity of these deposits is reported as having a shorter life than typical retail demand deposits. Additionally, the Bank’s regulatory agencies have suggested distribution limits for non-maturity deposits. However, the Corporation has taken a more conservative approach than these limits would suggest by forecasting these deposit types with a shorter maturity. The following table presents the Corporation’s Gap Analysis as of December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in millions)    0 to 90
Days
    91 to 365
Days
    1 - 5
Years
    Over
5 Years
    Non-Rate
Sensitive
    Total  

Assets:

            

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 159.5      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 159.5   

Investment securities(1)

     61.6        58.4        155.0        43.1        —          318.1   

Loans and leases(2)

     430.5        164.1        634.7        172.6        —          1,401.9   

Allowance

     —          —          —          —          (14.4     (14.4

Cash and due from banks

     —          —          —          —          16.2        16.2   

Other assets

     —          —          —          —          154.6        154.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 651.6      $ 222.5      $ 789.7      $ 215.7      $ 156.4      $ 2,035.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

            

Demand, non-interest-bearing

   $ 26.2      $ 78.7      $ 114.8      $ 180.0      $ —        $ 399.7   

Savings, NOW and market rate

     68.7        206.1        475.4        208.6        —          958.8   

Time deposits

     91.1        89.8        37.4        0.3        —          218.6   

Wholesale non-maturity deposits

     45.2        —          —          —          —          45.2   

Wholesale time deposits

     6.4        0.6        5.4        —          —          12.4   

Short-term borrowings

     9.4        —          —          —          —          9.4   

FHLB advances and other borrowings

     41.3        11.2        108.2        0.6        —          161.3   

Other liabilities

     —          —          —          —          26.9        26.9   

Shareholders’ equity

     7.3        21.8        116.3        58.2        —          203.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’equity

   $ 295.6      $ 408.2      $ 857.5      $ 447.7      $ 26.9      $ 2,035.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

   $ 651.6      $ 222.5      $ 789.7      $ 215.7      $ —        $ 1,879.5   

Interest-bearing liabilities

     262.1        307.7        626.4        209.5        —          1,405.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 389.5      $ (85.2   $ 163.3      $ 6.2      $ —        $ 473.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative difference between interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 389.5      $ 304.3      $ 467.6      $ 473.8      $ —        $ 473.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative earning assets as a % of cumulative interest bearing liabilities

     249     153     139     134    

 

(1) 

Investment securities include available for sale and trading.

(2) 

Loans include portfolio loans and leases and loans held for sale.

 

37


The table above indicates that the Corporation is asset sensitive and should experience an increase in net interest income in the near term, if interest rates rise. Accordingly, if rates decline, net interest income should decline. Actual results may differ from expected results for many reasons including market reactions, competitor responses, customer behavior and/or regulatory actions.

Fair Value Adjustments Impacting the Statement of Income

The following table details the actual effect for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the projected effect, for each of the five years ending December 31, 2017, and thereafter, of the accretable and amortizable fair value adjustments attributable to the FKF merger and the FBD transaction, on net interest income, net non-interest income and pretax income. The projected accretion and amortization is subject to change in future periods related to, among other things, changes in the Corporation’s estimates of loan cash flows, deposit maturities, loan prepayments, and prepayments of FHLB advances.

 

    Actual     Projected  
     Income
Statement Effect
  For the Twelve Months
Ended December 31,
    For the Twelve Months Ending December 31,        
      2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     Thereafter  

Interest income/expense:

                   

Loans

  Income   $ 657      $ 1,548      $ 1,706      $ 2,216      $ 2,187      $ 1,628      $ 1,235      $ 481      $ 1,913   

Investment securities

  Expense     (554     (570     (630     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Deposits

  Income     564        545        391        349        23        —          —          —          —     

FHLB advances

  Income     1,450        552        442        142        125        125        121        121        9   

Jr. subordinated debentures

  Income     78        55        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

      2,195        2,130        1,909        2,707        2,335        1,753        1,356        602        1,922   

Non-interest income/expense:

                   

Premises and equipment

  Expense     46        93        93        111        111        111        111        111        1,390   

Other liabilities

  Income     —          —          (76     (39     —          —          —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net non-interest expense

      46        93        17        72        111        111        111        111        1,390   

Pretax income effect

    $ 2,149      $ 2,037      $ 1,892      $ 2,635      $ 2,224      $ 1,642      $ 1,245      $ 491      $ 532   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Loans Acquired in Mergers and Acquisitions

In accordance with GAAP, the loans acquired from FKF and FBD were recorded at their fair value with no carryover of the previously associated allowance for loan loss.

Certain loans were acquired which exhibited deteriorated credit quality since origination and for which the Corporation does not expect to collect all contractual payments. Accounting for these purchased credit-impaired loans is done in accordance with ASC 310-30, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer”. The loans were recorded at fair value, reflecting the present value of the amounts expected to be collected. Income recognition on these loans is based on a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. Acquired loans deemed impaired and considered collateral dependent, with the timing of the sale of loan collateral indeterminate, remain on non-accrual status and have no accretable yield.

 

38


Management evaluates purchased credit-impaired loans individually for further impairment. The balance of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio is evaluated on either an individual basis or on a collective basis for impairment. Refer to Notes 5-F and 5-H in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a more information regarding the Corporation’s impaired loans and leases.

General Discussion of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The balance of the allowance for loan and lease losses is determined based on the Corporation’s review and evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio in relation to past loss experience, the size and composition of the portfolio, current economic events and conditions, and other pertinent factors, including the Corporation’s assumptions as to future delinquencies, recoveries and losses.

Increases to the Allowance are implemented through a corresponding Provision (expense) in the Corporation’s statement of income. Loans and leases deemed uncollectible are charged against the Allowance. Recoveries of previously charged-off amounts are credited to the Allowance.

While the Corporation considers the Allowance to be adequate, based on information currently available, future additions to the Allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions or the Corporation’s assumptions as to future delinquencies, recoveries and losses and the Corporation’s intent with regard to the disposition of loans. In addition, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s Allowance.

The Corporation’s Allowance is the combination of four components that are calculated based on various independent methodologies. All components of the Allowance are based on Management’s estimates. These estimates are summarized earlier in this document under the heading “Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates.”

The four components of the Allowance are as follows:

 

   

Specific Loan Evaluation Component – Includes the specific evaluation of larger classified loans

 

   

Historical Charge-Off Component – Applies a rolling, twelve quarter, historical charge-off rate to pools of non-classified loans

 

   

Additional Qualitative Factors Component – The loan and lease portfolios are broken down into multiple homogenous sub classifications, upon which multiple factors (such as delinquency trends, economic conditions, loan terms, credit grade, state of origination, industry, regulatory environment and other relevant information) are evaluated, resulting in an Allowance amount for each of the sub classifications. The sum of these amounts comprises the Additional Qualitative Factors Component.

 

   

Unallocated Component – This amount represents a reserve against all loans for factors not included in the components mentioned above.

As part of the process of allocating the Allowance to the different segments of the loan and lease portfolio, Management considers certain credit quality indicators. For the commercial mortgage, construction and commercial and industrial loan segments, periodic reviews of the individual loans are performed by both in-house employees as well as an external loan review service. The results of these reviews are reflected in the risk grade assigned to each loan. These internally assigned grades are as follows:

 

   

Pass – Loans considered satisfactory with no indications of deterioration.

 

   

Special mention – Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves Management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

 

39


   

Substandard – Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and payment capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

   

Doubtful – Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loan balances classified as doubtful have been reduced by partial charge-offs and are carried at their net realizable values.

Consumer credit exposure, which includes residential mortgages, home equity lines and loans, leases and consumer loans, are assigned a credit risk profile based on payment activity (that is, their delinquency status).

Refer to Note 5-F in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding credit quality indicators associated with the Bank’s loan and lease portfolio.

Portfolio Segmentation – The Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio is divided into specific segments of loans and leases having similar characteristics. These segments are as follows:

 

   

Commercial mortgage

 

   

Home equity lines and loans

 

   

Residential mortgage

 

   

Construction

 

   

Commercial and industrial

 

   

Consumer

 

   

Leases

Refer to Note 5 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and page 49 of this MD&A under the heading Portfolio Loans and Leases for details of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio, broken down by portfolio segment.

Impairment Measurement – In accordance with guidance provided by ASC 310-10, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan”, the Corporation employs one of three methods to determine and measure impairment:

 

   

the Present Value of Future Cash Flow Method;

 

   

the Fair Value of Collateral Method;

 

   

the Observable Market Price of a Loan Method.

The majority of loans and leases are evaluated for impairment on a collective basis. However, loans and leases for which there is an indication that all contractual payments may not be collectible are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis. Loans that are evaluated on an individual basis include non-performing loans, troubled debt restructurings and purchased credit-impaired loans.

Nonaccrual Loans – In general, loans and leases that are delinquent on contractually due principal or interest payments for more than 89 days are placed on nonaccrual status and any unpaid interest is reversed as a charge to interest income. When the loan resumes payment, all payments (principal and interest) are applied to reduce principal. After a period of six months of satisfactory performance, the loan may be placed back on accrual status. Any interest payments received during the nonaccrual period that had been applied to reduce principal are reversed and recorded as a deferred fee which accretes to interest income over the remaining term of the loan or

 

40


lease. In certain cases, the Corporation may have information about a particular loan or lease that may indicate a future disruption or curtailment of contractual payments. In these cases, the Corporation will preemptively place the loan or lease on nonaccrual status.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”) – The Corporation follows guidance provided by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” A restructuring of a debt constitutes a TDR if the creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider in the normal course of business. A concession may include an extension of repayment terms which would not normally be granted, a reduction of interest rate or the forgiveness of principal and/or accrued interest. If the debtor is experiencing financial difficulty and the creditor has granted a concession, the Corporation will make the necessary disclosures related to the TDR. In certain cases, a modification may be made in an effort to retain a customer who is not experiencing financial difficulty. This type of modification is not considered to be a TDR. Once a loan or lease has been modified and is considered a TDR, it is reported as an impaired loan or lease. If the loan or lease deemed a TDR has performed for at least six months at the level prescribed by the modification, it is not considered to be non-performing; however, it will generally continue to be reported as impaired. Loans and leases that have performed for at least six months are reported as TDRs in compliance with modified terms.

Refer to Notes 5-G in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Corporation’s TDRs.

Charge-off Policy – The Corporation’s charge-off policy is that, on a periodic basis, not less often than quarterly, delinquent and non-performing loans that exceed the following limits are considered for charge-off:

 

   

Open-ended consumer loans exceeding 180 days past due.

 

   

Closed-ended consumer loans exceeding 120 days past due.

 

   

All commercial/business purpose loans exceeding 180 days past due.

 

   

All leases exceeding 120 days past due.

Any other loan or lease, for which the Corporation has reason to believe collectibility is unlikely, and for which sufficient collateral does not exist, is also charged off.

Refer to Notes 5-F in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Corporation’s charge-offs and factors which influenced Management’s judgment with respect thereto.

Asset Quality and Analysis of Credit Risk

As of December 31, 2012, total non-performing loans and leases of $14.8 million representing 1.06% of portfolio loans and leases, as compared to 1.11%, or $14.3 million, as of December 31, 2011. The $453 thousand increase in non-performing loans and leases is comprised of a $1.2 million increase in nonperforming commercial and industrial loans and a $520 thousand increase in nonperforming residential mortgages. These increases were substantially offset by reductions of $412 thousand and $858 thousand in nonperforming commercial mortgages and construction loans, respectively, between the dates.

The Provision for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $4.0 million, $6.1 million and $9.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the Allowance of $14.3 million represents 1.03% of portfolio loans and leases, as compared to the Allowance, as of December 31, 2011, of $12.8 million, which represented 0.98% of portfolio loans and leases as of that date. The increase in the Allowance, as a percentage of portfolio loans and leases, from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, is reflective of the growth of the Corporation’s loan portfolio, the increase in nonperforming loans and leases, as well as Management’s analysis of qualitative factors affecting the loan portfolio.

 

41


As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had other real estate owned (“OREO”) valued at $906 thousand, as compared to $549 thousand as of December 31, 2011. The four properties comprising the balance as of December 31, 2012 were the result of foreclosures of loans acquired from FKF and include one residential property, two commercial properties and one parcel of undeveloped land. All properties are recorded at their fair value less costs to sell.

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had $11.1 million of TDRs, of which $8.0 million are in compliance with the modified terms, and hence, excluded from non-performing loans and leases. As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation had $11.5 million of TDRs, of which $7.2 million were in compliance with the modified terms.

Impaired loans and leases are those for which it is probable that the Corporation will not be able to collect all scheduled principal and interest payments in accordance with the original terms of the loans and leases. Included in impaired loans and leases are non-accrual loans and leases and TDRs. Purchased credit-impaired loans are not included in impaired loan and lease totals. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had $22.0 million of impaired loans and leases, as compared to impaired loans and leases of $20.0 million as of December 31, 2011. Refer to Notes 5-H in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Corporation’s impaired loans and leases.

The Corporation continues to be diligent in its credit underwriting process and very proactive with its loan review process, including the services of an independent outside loan review firm, which helps identify developing credit issues. These proactive steps include the procurement of additional collateral (preferably outside the current loan structure) whenever possible and frequent contact with the borrower. Management believes that timely identification of credit issues and appropriate actions early in the process serve to mitigate overall losses.

The list below identifies certain key characteristics of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio. Refer to the loan and lease portfolio tables in Note 5 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and page 49 of this MD&A under the heading Portfolio Loans and Leases for further details.

 

   

Portfolio Loans and Leases – The Corporation’s $1.4 billion loan and lease portfolio is predominantly based in the Corporation’s traditional market areas of Chester, Delaware and Montgomery counties of Pennsylvania and in the greater Philadelphia area, none of which has experienced the real estate price appreciation and subsequent decline that many other areas of the country have experienced. The Corporation has observed a slight increase in new construction in the local area.

 

   

Concentrations – The Corporation has a significant portion of its portfolio loans (excluding leases) in real estate-related loans. As of December 31, 2012, loans secured by real estate were $1.06 billion or 75.5% of the total loan portfolio of $1.40 billion. A predominant percentage of the Corporation’s real estate exposure, both commercial and residential, is within Pennsylvania. The Corporation is aware of this concentration and mitigates this risk to the extent possible in many ways, including the underwriting and assessment of the borrower’s capacity to repay, equity in the underlying real estate collateral and a review of a borrower’s global cash flows. The Corporation has recourse against a substantial portion of the loans in the real estate portfolio.

In addition to loans secured by real estate, commercial and industrial loans comprise 20.9% of the total loan portfolio.

 

   

Construction – The construction portfolio of $26.9 million accounts for 1.9% of the total loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $25.9 million from $52.8 million as of December 31, 2011.

The Corporation’s construction portfolio, which consists of residential site development loans, commercial construction loans and loans for construction of individual homes, had a delinquency rate, as of December 31, 2012, of 15.02%, as compared to a delinquency rate of 9.18% as of December 31, 2011.

 

42


   

Residential Mortgages – Residential mortgage loans were $288.2 million as of December 31, 2012, a decrease of $18.3 million from the $306.5 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease was a result of the Corporation’s strategic decision to sell a large percentage of originated residential mortgage loans in 2012 as compared to 2011. The residential mortgage portfolio had a delinquency rate of 1.15% as of December 31, 2012 as compared to 1.38% as of December 31, 2011. The Corporation believes it is well protected with its collateral position on this portfolio. The residential mortgage segment accounts for 20.6% of the total loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2012.

 

   

Commercial Mortgages – The performance in the $546.4 million commercial mortgage portfolio, representing 39.1% of the total loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2012 is stable. This segment of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio grew $127.2 million, or 30.4%, from December 31, 2011. The increase was partially attributable to the loans acquired from FBD, which totaled $51.7 million as of December 31, 2012. The delinquency rate in the portfolio as of December 31, 2011 was 0.30% as compared to 0.40% as of December 31, 2011. The borrowers comprising this segment of the portfolio generally have strong, global cash flows which have remained stable in this tough economic environment. The Corporation continues to be able to attract quality borrowers in the commercial real estate space as other banks retreat due to credit issues.

 

   

Commercial and Industrial – The performance in the $291.6 million commercial and industrial portfolio, representing 20.9% of the total loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2012, remains relatively stable with a delinquency rate of 1.02%. This segment of the total loan and lease portfolio increased $24.4 million, or 9.1%, from December 31, 2011, and consists of loans to privately held institutions, family businesses, non-profit institutions and private banking relationships. While certain of these loans are collateralized by real estate, others are collateralized by non-real estate business assets, including accounts receivable and inventory. The increase was largely attributable to the loans acquired from FBD, which totaled $22.3 million as of December 31, 2012.

 

   

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit – The home equity loans and lines of credit portfolio has decreased $13.1 million or 6.3% from $207.9 million at December 31, 2011 to $194.9 million at December 31, 2012, as borrowers are taking advantage of low interest rates to refinance variable-rate products into fixed rate mortgage loans. The delinquency level in the portfolio is 1.14% at December 31, 2012, as compared to 1.33% as of December 31, 2011. The segment represents 13.9% of the total loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2012, and is primarily originated through the Corporation’s branch network.

 

   

Consumer loans – The Corporation’s portfolio of consumer loans was $17.7 million as of December 31, 2012, an increase of $6.2 million from the $11.4 million at December 31, 2011. The consumer portfolio had a delinquency rate of 0.11% as of December 31, 2012 as compared to 0.32% as of December 31, 2011.

 

   

Leasing – The lease portfolio balance as of December 31, 2012 of $32.8 million, showed an increase of $2.4 million from $30.4 million as of December 31, 2011, as new originations have begun to outpace repayments. As of December 31, 2012, the lease portfolio made up 2.3% of the total loan and lease portfolio, unchanged from the level as of December 31, 2011. Enhancements to the underwriting standards have continued to help reduce lease delinquencies from 1.2% at December 31, 2011 to 0.2% at December 31, 2012. In addition, these enhancements improved overall lease portfolio performance as net charge-offs declined each quarter since December 31, 2009. Net lease charge-offs were $72 thousand for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $487 thousand for the same period in 2011.

 

43


Non-Performing Assets, TDRs and Related Ratios As of or For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Non-accrual loans and leases

   $ 14,040      $ 14,315      $ 9,497      $ 6,246      $ 5,303   

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

     728        —          10        668        504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans and leases

     14,768        14,315        9,507        6,914        5,807   

Other real estate owned

     906        549        2,527        1,025        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 15,674      $ 14,864      $ 12,034      $ 7,939      $ 5,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings included in non-performing assets

   $ 3,106      $ 4,300      $ 1,879      $ 2,274      $ —     

TDRs in compliance with modified terms

     8,008        7,166        4,693        1,622        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 11,114      $ 11,466      $ 6,572      $ 3,896      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans and leases

     97.7     89.1     108.1     150.8     177.9

Non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases

     1.06     1.11     0.79     0.78     0.65

Allowance for loan losses to total portfolio loans and leases

     1.03     0.98     0.86     1.18     1.15

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.77     0.84     0.69     0.64     0.50

Net loan and lease charge-offs/average loans and leases

     0.18     0.29     0.96     0.77     0.40

Period end portfolio loans and leases

   $ 1,398,456      $ 1,295,392      $ 1,196,717      $ 885,739      $ 899,577   

Average portfolio loans and leases

   $ 1,307,140      $ 1,250,071      $ 1,037,158      $ 882,956      $ 851,752   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 14,425      $ 12,753      $ 10,275      $ 10,424      $ 10,332   

Interest income that would have been recorded on impaired loans if the loans had been current in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the period or since origination

   $ 1,417      $ 1,445      $ 838      $ 322      $ 141   

Interest income on impaired loans that was included in net income for the period

   $ 507      $ 550      $ 436      $ 41      $ 42   

 

44


As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation is not aware of any loan or lease, other than those disclosed in the table above, for which Management has any serious doubt as to the borrower’s ability to pay in accordance with the terms of the loan.

Summary of Changes in the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Balance, January 1

   $ 12,753      $ 10,275      $ 10,424      $ 10,332      $ 8,124   

Charge-offs:

          

Consumer

     (96     (92     (456     (45     (72

Commercial and industrial

     (458     (633     (7,019     (1,933     (4

Real estate

     (818     (1,732     (689     (53     —     

Construction

     (1,131     (1,174     (135     (382     —     

Leases

     (364     (1,017     (2,395     (4,957     (3,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (2,867     (4,648     (10,694     (7,370     (3,616

Recoveries:

          

Consumer

     7        11        2        8        28   

Commercial and industrial

     143        307        —          —          —     

Real estate

     79        190        15        1        24   

Construction

     15        —          —          —          —     

Leases

     292        530        674        569        176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Recoveries

     536        1,038        691        578        228   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (2,331     (3,610     (10,003     (6,792     (3,388

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,003        6,088        9,854        6,884        5,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

   $ 14,425      $ 12,753      $ 10,275      $ 10,424      $ 10,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average portfolio loans outstanding

     0.18     0.29     0.96     0.77     0.40

Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table sets forth an allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment. The specific allocations in any particular portfolio segment may be changed in the future to reflect then-current conditions. Accordingly, the Corporation considers the entire allowance to be available to absorb losses in any portfolio segment.

 

    December 31,  
     2012          2011          2010          2009          2008  
(dollars in thousands)  

 

    %
Loans

to
Total

Loans
        

 

    %
Loans

to
Total

Loans
        

 

    %
Loans

to
Total

Loans
        

 

    %
Loans

to
Total

Loans
        

 

    %
Loans

to
Total

Loans
 

Allowance at end of period applicable to:

                                   

Commercial mortgage

  $ 3,907        39.1 %       $ 3,165        32.4 %       $ 2,534        32.2 %       $ 2,027        29.9 %       $ 2,131        27.8 %

Home equity lines and loans

    1,857        13.9            1,707        16.0            1,563        18.1            1,228        20.1            1,291        17.2   

Residential mortgage

    2,024        20.6            1,592        23.7            843        21.9            697        12.5            732        14.7   

Construction

    1,019        1.9            1,384        4.1            633        3.8            652        4.4            1,061        6.5   

Commercial and industrial

    4,637        20.9            3,816        20.6            3,565        20.0            3,801        26.3            3,093        26.3   

Consumer

    189        1.3            119        0.9            115        1.0            125        1.4            70        0.9   

Leases

    493        2.3            532        2.3            766        3.0            1,403        5.4            1,894        6.6   

Unallocated

    299        —              438        —              256        —              491        —              60        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 14,425        100.0       $ 12,753        100.0       $ 10,275        100.0       $ 10,424        100.0       $ 10,332        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

45


Non-Interest Income

2012 Compared to 2011

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, non-interest income was $46.4 million, an increase of $12.3 million, or 36.2% from the $34.1 million for the same period in 2011. Contributing to this increase was the $8.1 million, or 37.5%, increase in fees for wealth management services from $21.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, to $29.8 million for the same period in 2012. In addition, the gain on sale of residential mortgage loans increased $4.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011.

The increase in wealth management fees is related to the May 15, 2012 acquisition of DTC, which initially increased the Corporation’s wealth assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage by $1.0 billion. In addition the Corporation experienced a full year’s revenue related to the May 2011 PWMG acquisition as compared to only seven months’ revenue in 2011. Wealth assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage increased $1.8 billion from $3.4 billion as of December 31, 2011 to $4.8 billion as of December 31, 2012.

The increase in the gain on sale of residential mortgage loans was largely related to the volume of loan sales and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the yield on the sale. The Corporation experienced a significant increase in demand for residential mortgage loans as the low interest rate created a significant demand for residential mortgage loan refinancings. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation sold $204.8 million of residential mortgage loans, as compared to $81.5 million for the same period in 2011.

2011 Compared to 2010

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, non-interest income was $34.1 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 16.2% from the $29.3 million for the same period in 2010. The primary contributor to this increase was the $6.2 million, or 39.8%, increase in fees for wealth management services from $15.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, to $21.7 million for the same period in 2011. Partially offsetting the increase in wealth management fees were decreases of $2.2 million and $689 thousand in the gain on sale of residential mortgage loans and the gain on sale of available for sale securities, respectively, between the two periods.

The increase in wealth management fees is directly related to the May 27, 2011 Acquisition of PWMG, which initially increased the Corporation’s wealth assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage by $1.1 billion. Wealth assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage increased $1.4 billion from $3.4 billion as of December 31, 2010 to $4.8 billion as of December 31, 2011.

The decrease in the gain on sale of residential mortgage loans was related to the volume of loan sales. The Corporation experienced a significant decrease in demand for residential mortgage loans following the refinancing boom that occurred in the second half of 2010. In addition to the lower volume of mortgage loan originations during 2011 as compared to 2010, a larger percentage of the loans originated in 2011 was retained in the Corporation’s loan portfolio than was retained in 2010. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation sold $81.5 million of residential mortgage loans, as compared to $156.4 million for the same period in 2010.

The decrease in the gain on sale of available for sale investments is related to the types of investments sold. Available for sale investments sold during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 consisted largely of municipal obligations which yielded larger gains than the mortgage-backed securities and bond mutual funds sold during 2011.

 

46


Non-Interest Expense

2012 Compared to 2011

Non-interest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 was $74.9 million, an increase of $13.2 million, or 21.3%, as compared to the same period in 2011. The increase was comprised of increases of $6.3 million and $916 thousand in salaries and employee benefits and occupancy-related expenses, respectively, which were related to the staffing increase and office space additions that resulted from the DTC and PWMG acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, the FBD transaction, as well as the incentive-based compensation related to residential mortgage sales. In connection with the DTC and FBD transactions that occurred during 2012, due diligence and merger-related expenses increased by $2.1 million between the periods. Refer to in Note 22 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding the $2.9 million increase in other operating expenses between the periods.

2011 Compared to 2010

Non-interest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was $61.7 million, an increase of $3.5 million, or 6.1%, as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase was comprised of increases of $4.2 million and $1.7 million in salaries and employee benefits and occupancy-related expenses, respectively, which were related to the staffing increase and office space additions that resulted from both the FKF merger and the PWMG acquisition. In addition, the increase of $1.0 million in intangible asset amortization was directly related to the intangibles acquired from PWMG and FKF. The $1.6 million increase in other operating expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010 was related to the expanded branch network resulting from the FKF merger and the PWMG acquisition. Refer to in Note 22 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding other operating expenses. These increases were substantially offset by the $5.2 million decrease in due diligence and merger-related expenses between the two periods.

Secondary Market Sold-Loan Repurchase Demands

In the course of originating residential mortgage loans and selling those loans in the secondary market, the Corporation makes various representations and warranties to the purchasers of the mortgage loans. Each residential mortgage loan originated by the Corporation is evaluated by an automated underwriting application, which verifies the underwriting criteria and certifies the loan’s eligibility for sale to the secondary market. Any exceptions discovered during this process are remedied prior to sale. These representations and warranties also apply to underwriting the real estate appraisal opinion of value for the collateral securing these loans. Under the representations and warranties, failure by the Corporation to comply with the underwriting and appraisal standards could result in the Corporation’s being required to repurchase the mortgage loan or to reimburse the investor for losses incurred (make whole requests) if such failure cannot be cured by the Corporation within the specified period following discovery. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation received a small number of investor repurchase demands and recorded a contingent liability, charged to other non-interest expense, related to those demands. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, no repurchase demands were received.

Income Taxes

Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 were $11.1 million as compared to $9.6 million and $4.5 million for the same periods in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The effective tax rate for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 34.3%, 32.7% and 32.9%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the rate for the same period in 2011, was due to a decrease in the level of tax-free income from bank owned life insurance and municipal obligations, a reduction in the utilization of a capital loss carry-forward and other items.

 

47


Balance Sheet Analysis

Asset Changes

Total assets as of December 31, 2012 increased to $2.04 billion from $1.77 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase was largely attributable to the $103.1 million increase in portfolio loans and leases and the $42.8 million increase in available for sale investment securities between the two dates. The increase in the loan portfolio was primarily related to the $76.6 million of loans acquired from FBD. In addition to the loan and investment increases, cash balances increased to $175.7 million as of December 31, 2012, an increase of $106.5 million from December 31, 2011.

Investment Portfolio – The $42.8 million increase from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 in available for sale investment securities was comprised of increases in mortgage-related securities and municipal obligations of $64.1 million and $22.0 million, respectively, and decreases in obligations of the U.S. government and agencies and other investments of $30.7 million and $12.6 million, respectively, between the dates. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s investment securities held in trading accounts were comprised of a deferred compensation trust which is invested in marketable securities whose diversification is at the discretion of the deferred compensation plan participants.

The following table details the maturity and weighted average yield (3) of the investment portfolio (2):

 

(dollars in thousands)    Maturing
During
2013
    Maturing
From
2014
Through
2017
    Maturing
From
2018
Through
2022
    Maturing
After
2022
    Total  

Obligations of the U.S. government and agencies:

          

Book value

   $ 3,002      $ 19,252      $ 32,514      $ 18,415      $ 73,183   

Weighted average yield

     0.33     0.69     1.27     3.21     1.57

State and political subdivisions(3):

          

Book value

     4,219        17,903        8,122        —          30,244   

Weighted average yield

     0.61     0.94     1.58       1.07

Investment certificates of deposit:

          

Book value

     2,350        —          —          —          2,350   

Weighted average yield

     1.39           1.39

Other investment securities:

          

Book value

     1,000        900        —          —          1,900   

Weighted average yield

     1.43     0.92         1.18

Mortgage-related securities(1)

          

Book value

     —          —          45,920        144,733        190,653   

Weighted average yield

         2.06     2.06     2.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total book value

   $ 10,571      $ 38,055      $ 86,556      $ 163,148      $ 298,330   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average yield

     0.78     0.81     1.72     2.19     1.83

 

(1) 

Mortgage-related securities are included in the above table based on their contractual maturity. However, mortgage-related securities, by design, have scheduled monthly principal payments which are not reflected in this table.

(2)

Excluded from the above table is the Corporation’s $13.4 million investment in bond mutual funds, which has no stated maturity or constant stated yield.

(3) 

Weighted average yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

48


The following table details the book value of the available for sale investment portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     Book Value as of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011      2010  

Obligations of the U.S. government and agencies

   $ 73,183       $ 104,252       $ 156,301   

Obligations of the U.S. Treasury

     —           —           5,011   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     30,244         8,210         32,013   

Mortgage-backed securities

     128,537         95,713         72,907   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     62,116         32,418         2,068   

Other investments

     17,667         30,472         47,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total book value

   $ 311,747       $ 271,065       $ 315,587   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Portfolio Loans and Leases

The table below details the loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Commercial mortgage

   $ 546,358       $ 419,130       $ 385,615       $ 265,023       $ 249,730   

Home equity lines & loans

     194,861         207,917         216,853         177,863         154,576   

Residential mortgage

     288,212         306,478         261,983         110,653         132,536   

Construction

     26,908         52,844         45,403         38,444         58,446   

Commercial & industrial

     291,620         267,204         239,266         233,288         236,469   

Consumer

     17,666         11,429         12,200         12,717         8,518   

Leases

     32,831         30,390         35,397         47,751         59,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     1,398,456         1,295,392         1,196,717         885,739         899,577   

Loans held for sale

     3,412         1,588         4,838         3,007         3,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,401,868       $ 1,296,980       $ 1,201,555       $ 888,746       $ 902,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the loan maturity distribution and interest rate sensitivity as of December 31, 2012. Excluded from the table are residential mortgage, home equity lines and loans and consumer loans:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Maturing
During
2013
     Maturing
From
2014
Through
2017
     Maturing
After
2017
     Total  

Loan portfolio maturity:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 97,173       $ 137,568       $ 56,879       $ 291,620   

Construction

     20,813         6,095         —           26,908   

Commercial mortgage

     28,559         204,658         313,141         546,358   

Leases

     3,272         29,539         20         32,831   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 149,817       $ 377,860       $ 370,040       $ 897,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity on the above loans:

           

Loans with predetermined rates

   $ 31,010       $ 291,420       $ 157,502       $ 479,932   

Loans with adjustable or floating rates

     118,807         86,440         212,538         417,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 149,817       $ 377,860       $ 370,040       $ 897,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – Increases in goodwill from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 included goodwill amounts of $4.9 million and $3.3 million related to the acquisition of DTC and the FBD transaction, respectively. In addition, the DTC acquisition resulted in intangible assets for customer lists,

 

49


noncompetition covenants and trade name of $3.7 million, $1.4 million and $970 thousand, respectively. The FBD transaction produced a $320 thousand core deposit intangible asset. See Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

FHLB Stock – The Corporation’s investment in stock issued by the FHLB decreased by $827 thousand, from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, as the FHLB continued the redemption of excess stock from its member banks.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSRs”) – MSRs increased $450 thousand to $4.5 million as of December 31, 2012, from $4.0 million as of December 31, 2011. This increase was the result of $1.6 million of MSRs recorded during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by amortization of $961 thousand and impairment of $163 thousand during the period.

The following table details activity related to mortgage servicing rights for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Twelve Months Ended or
as of December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Mortgage originations

   $ 253,725      $ 168,681      $ 221,904   

Mortgage loans sold:

      

Servicing retained

   $ 201,352      $ 75,232      $ 148,418   

Servicing released

     3,461        6,230        8,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans sold

   $ 204,813      $ 81,462      $ 156,446   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of originated mortgage loans sold

     80.7     48.3     70.5

Servicing retained %

     98.3     92.4     94.9

Servicing released %

     1.7     7.6     5.1

Loans serviced for others

   $ 595,317      $ 572,422      $ 605,485   

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 4,491      $ 4,041      $ 4,925   

Gain on sale of loans

   $ 6,735      $ 2,517      $ 4,718   

Loans servicing & late fees

   $ 1,776      $ 1,824      $ 1,626   

Amortization of MSRs

   $ 966      $ 749      $ 923   

Impairment of MSRs

   $ 163      $ 786      $ 30   

Gain on sale of loans as % of principal

     3.29     3.08     3.02

Liability Changes

Total liabilities as of December 31, 2012 increased $243.3 million, to $1.83 billion, from $1.59 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to the $252.3 million increase in deposits which was partially offset by a $22.5 million decrease in subordinated debt between the respective dates.

Deposits – Total deposits increased $252.3 million, or 18.3%, to $1.63 billion as of December 31, 2012 from $1.38 billion as of December 31, 2011. Partially contributing to the increase was the $27.1 million and $43.3 million of nonmaturity and time deposits, respectively, acquired in the FBD transaction. In addition, non-interest-bearing deposits experienced a sharp increase which was partially offset by a reduction in wholesale deposits.

 

50


The following table details deposits as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Interest-bearing checking

   $ 270,279       $ 233,562       $ 234,107       $ 151,432       $ 135,513   

Money market

     559,470         393,729         327,824         229,836         142,707   

Savings

     129,091         130,613         134,163         101,719         54,333   

Wholesale – non-maturity

     45,162         65,173         80,112         52,174         30,185   

Wholesale – time deposits

     12,421         23,550         37,201         36,118         120,761   

Time deposits

     218,586         209,333         245,669         153,705         211,542   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,235,009       $ 1,055,960       $ 1,059,076       $ 724,984       $ 695,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     399,673         326,409         282,356         212,903         174,449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,634,682       $ 1,382,369       $ 1,341,432       $ 937,887       $ 869,490   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater at December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Retail      Wholesale  

Three months or less

   $ 55,081       $ 6,197   

Three to six months

     10,575         200   

Six to twelve months

     18,347         240   

Greater than twelve months

     12,589         5,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,592       $ 12,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For more information regarding deposits, including average rate paid, refer to page 34 of this MD&A.

Borrowings – Short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2012, which include only repurchase agreements, decreased $3.5 million, or 26.9%, from December 31, 2011. FHLB advances and other borrowings, which include a commercial mortgage loan and a five-year adjustable rate term loan, as of December 31, 2012, increased $13.5 million, or 9.1%, from December 31, 2011. During 2012, as FHLB advances matured, not all were replaced. Funds generated from deposit inflows were utilized for loan origination, reducing the need to increase borrowings from the FHLB. See the Liquidity Section of this MD&A on page 53 for further details on the Corporation’s FHLB available borrowing capacity.

Debentures– As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had fully paid off its subordinated debentures which had a balance of $22.5 million as of December 31, 2011. The planned prepayment was part of a strategy aimed at reducing interest costs and resulted in prepayment penalties and unamortized issuance costs of $488 thousand. Refer to Note 12 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Discussion of Segments

The Corporation has two operating segments: Wealth Management and Banking. These segments are discussed below. Detailed segment information appears in Note 28 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Wealth Management Segment Activity

The Wealth Management segment reported a pre-tax segment profit (“PTSP”) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 of $10.3 million, a $2.7 million, or 35.8%, increase from the same period in 2011. The increase in PTSP was primarily due to a $8.1 million, or 37.5%, increase in fees for wealth management services due, in large part, to the May 15, 2012 acquisition of DTC, which initially increased wealth management assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage by $1.0 billion.

 

51


The Wealth Management segment reported a PTSP for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 of $7.6 million, a $3.0 million, or 66.4%, increase from the same period in 2010. The increase in PTSP was primarily due to a $6.2 million, or 39.8%, increase in fees for wealth management services due, in large part, to the May 27, 2011 acquisition of PWMG, which initially increased wealth management assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage by $1.1 billion.

The following table shows the Corporation’s wealth management assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in millions)    2012      2011      2010  

Total wealth assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage

   $ 6,663.2       $ 4,831.6       $ 3,412.9   

Banking Segment Activity

Banking segment data as presented in Note 28 in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements indicates a PTSP of $22.0 million in 2012, $21.6 million in 2011 and $8.9 million in 2010. See “Components of Net Income” on page 6 of this document for a discussion of the Banking Segment.

Capital and Regulatory Capital Ratios

Consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Corporation was $203.6 million, or 10.0% of total assets, as of December 31, 2012, as compared to $184.4 million, or 10.4% of total assets, as of December 31, 2011.

In April 2012, the Corporation filed a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) to replace its 2009 Shelf Registration Statement, which was set to expire in June 2012. This new Shelf Registration Statement allows the Corporation to raise additional capital through offers and sales of registered securities consisting of common stock, debt securities, warrants to purchase common stock, stock purchase contracts and units or units consisting of any combination of the foregoing securities. Using the prospectus in the Shelf Registration Statement, together with applicable prospectus supplements, the Corporation may sell, from time to time, in one or more offerings, such securities in a dollar amount up to $150,000,000, in the aggregate.

The Corporation has in place under its Shelf Registration Statement a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”), which was amended and restated on April 27, 2012 primarily to increase the number of shares which can be issued by the Corporation from 850,000 to 1,500,000 shares of registered common stock. The Plan allows for the grant of a request for waiver (“RFW”) above the Plan’s maximum investment of $120 thousand per account per year. A RFW is granted based on a variety of factors, including the Corporation’s current and projected capital needs, prevailing market prices of the Corporation’s common stock and general economic and market conditions.

The Plan is intended to allow both existing shareholders and new investors to easily and conveniently increase their investment in the Corporation without incurring many of the fees and commissions normally associated with brokerage transactions. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation issued 108,918 and 448,377 shares, respectively, and raised $2.1 million and $8.3 million, respectively, through the Plan.

On May 27, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of PWMG, which is discussed in Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Corporation issued 322,101 unregistered shares of common stock, valued at $6.7 million. On September 30, 2011, the Corporation filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-177109) to register for resale the 322,101 shares issued as part of the purchase price. The registration became effective November 18, 2011.

 

52


In connection with the FKF merger, the Corporation issued 1,630,053 common shares, valued at $26.5 million, to former shareholders of FKF. These shares were registered on an S-4 registration statement filed by the Corporation in January 2010.

On May 18, 2010, through a registered direct stock offering using securities registered on the Shelf Registration Statement, the Corporation issued 1,548,167 common shares, at a price of $17.00 per share, raising $24.7 million after deducting placement agent’s fees and other offering expenses.

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, as of December 31, 2012 was $10.1 million, a decrease of $1.3 million from December 31, 2011. The primary cause of this decrease was related to the $2.1 million increase in the unrealized gains in available for sale investment securities.

As detailed in Note 26-E in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Corporation’s ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets decreased from 13.74% as of December 31, 2011 to 12.02% as of December 31, 2012. This decrease was related to the $14.6 million increase, as of December 31, 2012 as compared to December 31, 2011, in goodwill and other intangible assets recorded in connection with the DTC and FBD transactions, in addition to the $22.5 million decrease in subordinated debt, which qualifies as tier 2 capital, between the dates.

The Corporation’s and Bank’s regulatory capital ratios and the minimum capital requirements to be considered “Well Capitalized” by banking regulators are displayed in Note 26 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Both the Corporation and the Bank exceed the required capital levels to be considered “Well Capitalized” by their respective regulators at the end of each period presented.

Liquidity

The Corporation has significant sources and availability of liquidity at December 31, 2012 as discussed in this section. The liquidity position is managed on a daily basis as part of the daily settlement function and on a monthly basis as part of the asset liability management process. The Corporation’s primary liquidity is maintained by managing its deposits along with the utilization of purchased federal funds, borrowings from the FHLB and utilization of other wholesale funding sources. Secondary sources of liquidity include the sale of investment securities and certain loans in the secondary market.

Other wholesale funding sources include certificates of deposit from brokers, including CDARS, PLGIT, IND and IDC, generally available in blocks of $1.0 million or more. Funds obtained through these programs totaled $12.4 million as of December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, the maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB was $726.9 million, with an unused borrowing availability of $560.7 million. Borrowing availability at the Federal Reserve was $65.2 million, and overnight Fed Funds lines, consisting of lines from six banks, totaled $64.0 million. On a quarterly basis, the Corporation’s Asset Liability Committee reviews the Corporation’s liquidity needs and reports its findings to the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors.

As of December 31, 2012 the Corporation held $10.8 million of FHLB stock as required by the borrowing agreement between the FHLB and the Corporation.

The Corporation has an agreement with IDC to provide up to $5 million, plus interest of money market deposits at an agreed upon rate currently at 0.45%. The Corporation had approximately $5.2 million in balances as of December 31, 2012 under this program. The Corporation can request an increase in the agreement amount as it deems necessary.

 

53


The Corporation’s investment portfolio of $316.6 million as of December 31, 2012 was approximately 15.6% of total assets. Some of these investments were in short-term, high-quality, liquid investments to earn more than the 25 basis points currently earned on Fed Funds. The Corporation’s policy is to keep the investment portfolio at a minimum of 10% of total assets. The investment portfolio provides the Corporation with the opportunity to utilize the securities to borrow additional funds through the FHLB, Federal Reserve or through other repurchase agreements.

The Corporation continually evaluates its borrowing capacity and sources of liquidity. The Corporation believes that it has sufficient capacity to fund expected 2013 earning asset growth with wholesale sources, along with deposit growth from its expanded branch system.

In November 2010, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (“FDIC”) approved Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act providing temporary unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The term of this unlimited coverage ended on December 31, 2012.

Off Balance Sheet Risk

The Corporation becomes party to financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and create off-balance sheet risk.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the loan agreement.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to a customer for a third party. Such standby letters of credit are issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is similar to that involved in granting loan facilities to customers.

The following chart presents the off-balance sheet commitments of the Corporation as of December 31, 2012, listed by dates of funding or payment:

 

(dollars in millions)    Total      Within
1 Year
     2 - 3
Years
     4 - 5
Years
     After
5 Years
 

Unfunded loan commitments

   $ 366.6       $ 206.4       $ 52.8       $ 13.7       $ 93.7   

Standby letters of credit

     22.2         10.1         12.1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 388.8       $ 216.5       $ 64.9       $ 13.7       $ 93.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated fair values of the Corporation’s off-balance sheet instruments are based on fees and rates currently charged to enter into similar loan agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. Collateral requirements for off-balance sheet items are generally based upon the same standards and policies as booked loans. Since fees and rates charged for off-balance sheet items are at market levels when set, there is no material difference between the stated amount and the estimated fair value of off-balance sheet instruments.

 

54


Contractual Cash Obligations of the Corporation as of December 31, 2012

 

(dollars in millions)    Total      Within
1 Year
     2 - 3
Years
     4 - 5
Years
     After
5 Years
 

Deposits without a stated maturity

   $ 1,403.7       $ 1,403.7       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Wholesale and retail certificates of deposit

     231.0         188.2         32.6         10.1         0.1   

Short-term borrowings

     9.4         9.4         —           —           —     

FHLB advances and other borrowings

     161.3         35.4         36.9         67.4         21.6   

Operating leases

     52.9         3.0         6.1         5.7         38.1   

Purchase obligations

     12.0         3.7         5.6         2.1         0.6   

Non-discretionary pension contributions

     0.3         0.3         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,870.6       $ 1,643.7       $ 81.2       $ 85.3       $ 60.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Information

Regulatory Matters and Pending Legislation

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve approved proposed rules that would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Corporation and the Bank. The FDIC and the OCC subsequently approved these proposed rules on June 12, 2012. The proposed rules implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2009, the rules text released in December 2010, and loss absorbency rules issued in January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements. The comment period for the proposed rules has ended and a final ruling is pending.

The proposed rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which would be phased in from 2013 to 2019, and would refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The proposed new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Corporation and the Bank under the proposals would be:

 

  (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%;

 

  (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%);

 

  (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and

 

  (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions.

The proposed rules would also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements, which must consist entirely of common equity Tier 1 capital and would result in the following minimum ratios:

 

  (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%;

 

  (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%; and

 

  (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%.

The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

Basel III provided discretion for regulators to impose an additional buffer, the “countercyclical buffer,” of up to 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to take into account the macro-financial environment and periods of excessive credit growth. However, the proposed rules permit the countercyclical buffer to be applied only to

 

55


“advanced approach banks” ( i.e. , banks with $250 billion or more in total assets or $10 billion or more in total foreign exposures), which currently excludes the Corporation and the Bank. The proposed rules also implement revisions and clarifications consistent with Basel III regarding the various components of Tier 1 capital, including common equity, unrealized gains and losses, as well as certain instruments that will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, some of which would be phased out over time.

The federal bank regulatory agencies also proposed revisions to the prompt corrective action framework, which is designed to place restrictions on insured depository institutions, including the Bank, if their capital levels begin to show signs of weakness. These revisions would take effect January 1, 2015. Under the prompt corrective action requirements, which are designed to complement the capital conservation buffer, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following increased capital level requirements in order to qualify as “well capitalized:”

 

  (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5%;

 

  (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%);

 

  (iii) a total capital ratio of 10% (unchanged from current rules); and

 

  (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (increased from 4%).

The proposed rules set forth certain changes for the calculation of risk-weighted assets, which we would be required to utilize beginning January 1, 2015. The standardized approach proposed rule utilizes an increased number of credit risk exposure categories and risk weights, and also addresses:

 

  (i) proposed alternative standard of creditworthiness consistent with Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

  (ii) revisions to recognition of credit risk mitigation;

 

  (iii) rules for risk weighting of equity exposures and past due loans;

 

  (iv) revised capital treatment for derivatives and repo-style transactions; and

 

  (v) disclosure requirements for top-tier banking organizations with $50 billion or more in total assets that are not subject to the “advance approach rules” that apply to banks with greater than $250 billion in consolidated assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the base for FDIC insurance assessments, requiring that assessments be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement the foregoing provision of the Dodd-Frank Act and to make other changes to the deposit insurance assessment system applicable to insured depository institutions with over $10 billion in assets. Among other things, the final rule eliminated risk categories and the use of long-term debt issuer ratings in calculating risk-based assessments, and instead implemented a scorecard method, combining CAMELS ratings and certain forward-looking financial measures to assess the risk an institution poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The final rule also revised the assessment rate schedule for large institutions and highly complex institutions to provide assessments ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points. Except as specifically provided, the final rule took effect for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation has some impact on the Corporation’s operating costs. Unlike many industrial companies, however, substantially all of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Corporation’s performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as prices of goods and services.

 

56


Effect of Government Monetary Policies

The earnings of the Corporation are and will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to regulate the money supply and interest rates. Among the instruments used to implement those objectives are open market operations in United States government securities and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and their use may also affect rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.

The Corporation is a member of the Federal Reserve System and, therefore, the policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have a significant effect on its deposits, loans and investment growth, as well as the rate of interest earned and paid, and are expected to affect the Corporation’s operations in the future. The effect of such policies and regulations upon the future business and earnings of the Corporation cannot be predicted.

Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward Looking Statements

Certain of the statements contained in this Item may constitute forward-looking statements for the purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation”) to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to the Corporation’s financial goals, business plans, business prospects, credit quality, credit risk, reserve adequacy, liquidity, origination and sale of residential mortgage loans, mortgage servicing rights, the effect of changes in accounting standards, and market and pricing trends loss. The words “may”, “would”, “could”, “will”, “likely”, “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “forecast”, “project” and “believe” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Corporation’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated by the forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including without limitation:

 

   

the effect of future economic conditions on the Corporation and its customers, including economic factors which affect consumer confidence in the securities markets, wealth creation, investment and savings patterns, the real estate market, and the Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure and credit risk;

 

   

changes in the securities markets with respect to the market values of financial assets and the stability of particular securities markets;

 

   

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislation and regulatory changes;

 

   

results of examinations by the Federal Reserve Board, including the possibility that the Federal Reserve Board may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or to write down assets;

 

   

changes in accounting requirements or interpretations;

 

   

changes in existing statutes, regulatory guidance, legislation or judicial decisions that adversely affect our business, including changes in federal income tax or other tax regulations;

 

   

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the value of loan collateral and securities, as well as interest rate risk;

 

   

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money-market and mutual funds and other institutions operating in the Corporation’s trade market area and elsewhere including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally and such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the Internet;

 

57


   

any extraordinary events (such as the September 11, 2001 events, the war on terrorism and the U.S. Government’s response to those events, including the war in Iraq);

 

   

the Corporation’s need for capital;

 

   

the Corporation’s success in continuing to generate new business in its existing markets, as well as its success in identifying and penetrating targeted markets and generating a profit in those markets in a reasonable time;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to continue to generate investment results for customers and the ability to continue to develop investment products in a manner that meets customers needs;

 

   

changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and savings habits and demand for financial services in our investment products in a manner that meets customers’ needs;

 

   

the Corporation’s timely development of competitive new products and services in a changing environment and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to originate, sell and service residential mortgage loans;

 

   

the accuracy of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimates in the value of collateral, the market value of mortgage servicing rights and various financial assets and liabilities;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to retain key members of the senior management team;

 

   

the ability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to the Corporation and the Bank;

 

   

technological changes being more difficult or expensive than anticipated;

 

   

the Corporation’s success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

All written or oral forward-looking statements attributed to the Corporation are expressly qualified in their entirety by use of the foregoing cautionary statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report and incorporated documents are based upon the Corporation’s beliefs and assumptions as of the date of this Annual Report. The Corporation assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed in this Annual Report or incorporated documents might not occur and you should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Some of these and other factors are discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this Item 7A is incorporated by reference to information appearing in the MD&A Section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, more specifically in the sections entitled “Interest Rate Sensitivity,” “Summary of Interest Rate Simulation,” and “Gap Report.”

 

58


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following audited consolidated financial statements and related documents are set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the following pages:

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   60

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   61

Consolidated Statements of Income

   62

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

   63

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   64

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

   65

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   66

 

59


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Corporation”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 15, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 15, 2013

 

60


Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

(dollars in thousands)    December  31,
2012
    December  31,
2011
 
    

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 16,203      $ 11,771   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     159,483        57,369   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     175,686        69,140   

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $311,747 and $271,065 as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 respectively)

     316,614        273,822   

Investment securities, trading

     1,447        1,436   

Loans held for sale

     3,412        1,588   

Portfolio loans and leases

     1,398,456        1,295,392   

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (14,425     (12,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net portfolio loans and leases

     1,384,031        1,282,639   

Premises and equipment, net

     31,170        29,328   

Accrued interest receivable

     5,955        6,061   

Deferred income taxes

     12,303        13,845   

Mortgage servicing rights

     4,491        4,041   

Bank owned life insurance

     19,862        19,434   

FHLB stock

     10,761        11,588   

Goodwill

     32,897        24,689   

Intangible assets

     21,998        18,014   

Other investments

     4,346        4,107   

Other assets

     10,912        13,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,035,885      $ 1,773,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 399,673      $ 326,409   

Interest-bearing

     1,235,009        1,055,960   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,634,682        1,382,369   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     9,403        12,863   

FHLB advances and other borrowings

     161,315        147,795   

Subordinated debentures

     —          22,500   

Accrued interest payable

     1,233        1,592   

Other liabilities

     25,688        21,875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,832,321        1,588,994   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock, par value $1; authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued 16,390,608 and 16,103,981 shares as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and outstanding of 13,412,690 and 13,106,353 as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

     16,390        16,104   

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

     89,137        84,425   

Less: Common stock in treasury at cost – 2,977,918 and 2,997,628 shares as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

     (30,745     (31,027

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit

     (10,078     (11,365

Retained earnings

     138,860        126,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity

     203,564        184,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 2,035,885      $ 1,773,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

61


Consolidated Statements of Income

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)                   

Interest income:

      

Interest and fees on loans and leases

   $ 68,891      $ 69,321      $ 59,324   

Interest on cash and cash equivalents

     127        115        179   

Interest on investment securities:

      

Taxable

     3,970        4,488        3,653   

Non-taxable

     208        226        749   

Dividends

     127        412        992   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     73,323        74,562        64,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense on:

      

Deposits

     4,032        5,787        6,101   

Short-term borrowings

     21        25        16   

FHLB advances and other borrowings

     3,604        3,676        4,907   

Subordinated debentures

     931        1,123        1,129   

Junior subordinated debentures

     —          1,050        493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     8,588        11,661        12,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     64,735        62,901        52,251   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,003        6,088        9,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     60,732        56,813        42,397   

Non-interest income:

      

Fees for wealth management services

     29,798        21,669        15,499   

Service charges on deposits

     2,477        2,495        2,307   

Loan servicing and other fees

     1,776        1,824        1,626   

Net gain on sale of residential mortgage loans

     6,735        2,517        4,718   

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

     1,415        1,783        2,472   

Net loss on sale of other real estate owned (“OREO”)

     (86     (97     (114

Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income

     428        462        266   

Other operating income

     3,843        3,406        2,525   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     46,386        34,059        29,299   

Non-interest expenses:

      

Salaries and wages

     33,131        28,084        24,829   

Employee benefits

     8,127        6,889        5,984   

Occupancy and bank premises

     5,874        5,176        4,257   

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     3,727        3,509        2,778   

Advertising

     1,309        1,166        1,142   

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

     966        749        923   

Net impairment of mortgage servicing rights

     163        786        30   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,411        1,490        484   

FDIC insurance

     970        1,186        1,551   

Due diligence and merger-related expenses

     2,629        537        5,714   

Professional fees

     2,868        2,311        2,140   

Other operating expenses

     12,726        9,846        8,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     74,901        61,729        58,206   

Income before income taxes

     32,217        29,143        13,490   

Income tax expense

     11,070        9,541        4,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 21,147      $ 19,602      $ 9,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.62      $ 1.55      $ 0.85   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.60      $ 1.54      $ 0.85   

Dividends declared per share

   $ 0.64      $ 0.60      $ 0.56   

Weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     13,090,110        12,659,824        10,680,377   

Dilutive shares

     151,736        82,313        12,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted-average diluted shares

     13,241,846        12,742,137        10,692,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

(dollars in thousands)    Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011             2010      

Net income

   $ 21,147      $ 19,602      $ 9,046   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Net unrealized gains arising during the period, net of tax expense of $1,233, $1,021 and $877, respectively

     2,292        1,897        1,628   

Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains on sales realized in net income, net of tax expense of $494, $624, and $865, respectively

     (920     (1,159     (1,607
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized investment gains, net of tax expense of $739, $397 and $12, respectively

     1,372        738        21   

Change in fair value of hedging instruments, net of tax benefit of $(13), $0 and $0, respectively

     (23     —          —     

Change in unfunded pension liability, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(33), $(2,879) and $73, respectively

     (62     (5,346     135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     1,287        (4,608     156   

Total comprehensive income

   $ 22,434      $ 14,994      $ 9,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

(dollars in thousands)   Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  

Operating activities:

     

Net Income

  $ 21,147      $ 19,602      $ 9,046   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Provision for loan and lease losses

    4,003        6,088        9,854   

Provision for depreciation and amortization

    6,713        5,688        3,877   

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

    (1,415     (1,783     (2,472

Net gain on sale of residential mortgages

    (6,735     (2,517     (4,718

Stock based compensation cost

    1,283        876        539   

Amortization and net impairment of mortgage servicing rights

    1,129        1,535        953   

Net accretion of fair value adjustments

    (1,892     (2,037     (2,149

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,411        1,490        484   

Impairment of other real estate owned (“OREO”)

    —          251        381   

Net loss on sale of OREO

    86        97        114   

Net increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”)

    (428     (462     (266

Other, net

    297        3,834        4,783   

Loans originated for resale

    (206,637     (78,212     (157,607

Proceeds from loans sold

    209,969        83,328        159,784   

Contributions to pension plans

    —          (10,000     —     

(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes

    (505     3,310        (304

Change in income taxes payable/receivable

    3,437        (3,270     687   

Change in accrued interest receivable

    355        409        (445

Change in accrued interest payable

    (575     (1,701     (544
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    32,643        26,526        21,997   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

     

Purchases of investment securities

    (223,019     (216,948     (336,068

Proceeds from maturity of investment securities and paydowns of mortgage-related securities

    48,576        36,532        18,836   

Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale

    40,640        89,661        88,017   

Proceeds from redemptions of FHLB stock

    827        —          —     

Proceeds from calls of investment securities

    89,992        137,410        212,600   

Net change in other investments

    (239     (619     2   

Net portfolio loan and lease originations

    (28,082     (101,900     (49,585

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (4,048     (2,612     (2,084

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (15,951     (13,367     44,763   

Capitalize costs to OREO

    (61     —          (44

Proceeds from sale of OREO

    567        2,793        1,371   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

    (90,798     (69,050     (22,192
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

     

Change in deposits

    182,368        41,482        83,341   

Change in short-term borrowings

    (3,460     2,812        (3,036

Dividends paid

    (8,529     (7,679     (5,916

Change in FHLB advances and other borrowings

    13,962        (11,797     (91,028

Repayment of subordinated debentures

    (22,500     —          —     

Repayment of junior subordinated debentures

    —          (12,028     —     

Payment of contingent consideration for business combinations

    (1,050     —          —     

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

    100        141        60   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    12        —          —     

Proceeds from sale of treasury stock from deferred compensation plans

    317        —          —     

Net purchase of treasury stock for deferred compensation plans

    —          (42     (35

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    2,118        8,325        26,688   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    1,363        966        288   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    164,701        22,180        10,362   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    106,546        (20,344     10,167   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    69,140        89,484        79,317   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 175,686      $ 69,140      $ 89,484   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the year for:

     

Income taxes

  $ 8,092      $ 9,213      $ 3,627   

Interest

    8,947        13,362        11,340   

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Available for sale securities purchased, not settled

  $ 255      $ —        $ —     

Change in other comprehensive income

    1,980        (7,090     240   

Change in deferred tax due to change in comprehensive income

    693        2,482        84   

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

    949        1,163        3,124   

Issuance of shares and options for acquisitions

    —          6,661        26,476   

Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities:

     

Assets acquired

    90,853        20,339        438,989   

Liabilities assumed

    74,902        —          458,736   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(dollars in thousands, except share information)

 

    For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012  
    Shares of
Common
Stock Issued
    Common
Stock
    Paid-in Capital     Treasury Stock     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance December 31, 2009

    11,786,084      $ 11,786      $ 17,705      $  (29,932   $ (6,913   $ 111,290      $ 103,936   

Cumulative effect of correction of immaterial accounting error

    —          —          —          (1,117     —          (101     (1,218
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted balance, December 31, 2009

    11,786,084        11,786        17,705        (31,049     (6,913     111,189        102,718   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          9,046        9,046   

Dividends declared, $0.56 per share

    —          —          —          —          —          (5,916     (5,916

Other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $84

    —          —          —          —          156        —          156   

Stock based compensation

    —          —          539        —          —          —          539   

Tax benefit from gains on stock option exercise

    —          —          60        —          —          —          60   

Retirement of treasury stock

    (5,186     (5     (46     51        —          —          —     

Net purchase of treasury stock for deferred compensation plans

    —          —          —          (35     —          —          (35

Common stock issued:

             

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

    119,175        119        1,918        —          —          —          2,037   

Share-based awards and options exercises

    31,425        32        354        —          —          —          386   

Acquisitions

    1,630,053        1,630        24,846        —          —          —          26,476   

Registered direct common stock offering

    1,548,167        1,548        23,022        —          —          —          24,570   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2010

    15,109,718        15,110        68,398        (31,033     (6,757     114,319        160,037   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          19,602        19,602   

Dividends declared, $0.60 per share

    —          —          —          —          —          (7,679     (7,679

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $2,482

    —          —          —          —          (4,608     —          (4,608

Stock based compensation

    —          —          876        —          —          —          876   

Tax benefit from gains on stock option exercise

    —          —          141        —          —          —          141   

Retirement of treasury stock

    (4,936     (5     (43     48        —          —          —     

Net purchase of treasury stock for deferred compensation plans

    —          —          —          (42     —          —          (42

Common stock issued:

             

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

    448,377        448        7,877        —          —          —          8,325   

Share-based awards and options exercises

    228,893        229        837        —          —          —          1,066   

Acquisitions

    321,929        322        6,339        —          —          —          6,661   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2011

    16,103,981        16,104        84,425        (31,027     (11,365     126,242        184,379   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          21,147        21,147   

Dividends declared, $0.64 per share

    —          —          —          —          —          (8,529     (8,529

Other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $693

    —          —          —          —          1,287        —          1,287   

Stock based compensation

    —          —          1,283        —          —          —          1,283   

Tax benefit from gains on stock option exercise

    —          —          100        —          —          —          100   

Tax adjustment for vested stock-based compensation and exercised options

    —          —          12        —          —          —          12   

Retirement of treasury stock

    (4,249     (4     (40     44        —          —          —     

Net sale of treasury stock from deferred compensation plans

    —          —          79        238        —          —          317   

Common stock issued:

             

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

    108,918        109        2,009        —          —          —          2,118   

Share-based awards and options exercises

    181,958        181        1,269        —          —          —          1,450   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

    16,390,608      $ 16,390      $ 89,137      $ (30,745   $ (10,078   $ 138,860      $ 203,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

65


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A. Nature of Business

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company (the “Bank”) received its Pennsylvania banking charter in 1889 and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. In 1986, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation”) was formed and on January 2, 1987, the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. The Bank and Corporation are headquartered in Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, a western suburb of Philadelphia. The Corporation and its subsidiaries provide wealth management, community banking, residential mortgage lending, insurance and business banking services to its customers through 19 full service branches and seven retirement community offices throughout Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties in Pennsylvania and New Castle county in Delaware. In 2008, the Corporation opened the Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware, a limited-purpose trust company in Greenville, Delaware, to further its long-term growth strategy, and diversify its asset base and client accounts. The common stock of the Corporation trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol BMTC.

On November 17, 2012, the acquisition of $70.3 million of deposits, $76.6 million of loans and a branch location from the First Bank of Delaware (“FBD”), by the Corporation was completed. The transaction, which was accounted for as a business combination, enabled the Corporation to expand its banking arm into the Delaware market by opening its first full-service branch there, complementing its existing Wealth Management operations in the state.

On May 15, 2012, the acquisition of Davidson Trust Company (“DTC”) by the Corporation was completed. The acquisition of DTC initially increased the Corporation’s Wealth Management Division assets under management by $1.0 billion. The structure of the Corporation’s existing Wealth Management segment allowed for the immediate integration of DTC and was able to take advantage of the various synergies that exist between the two companies.

On May 27, 2011, the acquisition of the Private Wealth Management Group of the Hershey Trust Company (“PWMG”) by the Corporation was completed. The acquisition of PWMG initially increased the Corporation’s Wealth Management Division assets under management by $1.1 billion. In addition, the acquisition enabled the Wealth Management Division to extend into central Pennsylvania by continuing to operate the former PWMG offices located in Hershey, Pennsylvania.

On July 1, 2010, the merger of First Keystone Financial, Inc. (“FKF”) with and into the Corporation, and the two step merger of FKF’s wholly-owned subsidiary, First Keystone Bank with and into the Bank, were completed. The acquisition of FKF, a federally chartered thrift institution with assets of approximately $480 million, enabled the Corporation to increase its regional footprint with the addition of eight full service branch locations, primarily in Delaware County, Pennsylvania.

The Corporation operates in a highly competitive market area that includes local, national and regional banks as competitors along with savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, trust companies, registered investment advisors and mutual fund families. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are regulated by many regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Federal Reserve and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

B. Basis of Presentation

The accounting policies of the Corporation conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and predominant practices within the banking industry.

 

66


The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Corporation’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations consist almost entirely of the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. All material, inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Corporation is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the balance sheets, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2013, actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Amounts subject to significant estimates are items such as the allowance for loan and lease losses and lending related commitments, goodwill and intangible assets, pension and post-retirement obligations, the fair value of financial instruments and other-than-temporary impairments. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of investment securities, goodwill and intangible assets and establishment of allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments as well as increased pension and post-retirement expense.

Correction of an Immaterial Accounting Error

In September 2012, the Corporation identified an immaterial accounting error related to two of its deferred compensation plans. The provisions of the deferred compensation plans enabled certain executives and directors to have bonus payments and director’s fees deferred, and allowed the participants to direct the investment of the deferred amounts. One of the investment choices offered to the participants is the Corporation’s common stock. This stock, along with the participants’ other investment choices, were placed in a trust which is owned by the Corporation. The carrying value of this trust is periodically adjusted to reflect changes in its fair market value. The portion of this trust comprised of the Corporation’s common stock was incorrectly reported as an asset on the Corporation’s balance sheet. The stock held in the trust should have been classified as treasury stock and reported in the shareholders’ equity section of the Corporation’s balance sheet, at cost.

The resulting corrections involved adjustments to assets and shareholders’ equity, as well as adjustments to other operating expense, as changes in the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock held in the trust are charged to deferred compensation expense, a component of other operating expense.

In addition to the reclassification between assets and shareholders’ equity, there were immaterial reclassifications among assets related to the deferred compensation trust and other trusts that had previously been classified as other assets and other investments and are now classified as trading securities and available-for-sale investment securities. An immaterial reclassification to interest income on investment securities was related to this reclassification of investments. All periods presented in the tables accompanying this report have been revised to reflect these corrections.

 

67


The following tables detail the revisions to the previously reported information:

Income Statement Corrections

 

     For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010  

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Revised Amount      Originally
Reported Amount
     Adjustment  

Interest on investment securities – taxable

   $ 3,653       $ 3,552       $ 101   

Other operating income

   $ 2,525       $ 2,601       $ (76

Other operating expense

   $ 8,374       $ 8,153       $ 221   

Income before income taxes

   $ 13,490       $ 13,686       $ (196

Income tax expense

   $ 4,444       $ 4,512       $ (68

Net income

   $ 9,046       $ 9,174       $ (128

Weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     10,680,377         10,765,657         (85,280

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

     10,692,689         10,777,969         (85,280

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.85       $ 0.85       $ —     

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.85       $ 0.85       $ —     
     For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011  

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Revised Amount      Originally
Reported Amount
     Adjustment  

Interest on investment securities – taxable

   $ 4,488       $ 4,365       $ 123   

Other operating income

   $ 3,406       $ 3,497       $ (91

Other operating expense

   $ 9,846       $ 9,643       $ 203   

Income before income taxes

   $ 29,143       $ 29,314       $ (171

Income tax expense

   $ 9,541       $ 9,601       $ (60

Net income

   $ 19,602       $ 19,713       $ (111

Weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     12,659,824         12,746,346         (86,522

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

     12,742,137         12,828,659         (86,522

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.55       $ 1.55       $ —     

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.54       $ 1.54       $ —     

 

     For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012  (unaudited)  

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Revised Amount      Originally
Reported Amount
     Adjustment  

Interest on investment securities – taxable

   $ 1,103       $ 1,084       $ 19   

Other operating income

   $ 1,096       $ 1,111       $ (15

Other operating expense

   $ 2,841       $ 2,588       $ 253   

Income before income taxes

   $ 7,777       $ 8,026       $ (249

Income tax expense

   $ 2,704       $ 2,791       $ (87

Net income

   $ 5,073       $ 5,235       $ (162

Weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     12,979,746         13,065,885         (86,139

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

     13,127,248         13,213,387         (86,139

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.39       $ 0.40       $ (0.01

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.39       $ 0.40       $ (0.01

 

68


     For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012  (unaudited)  

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Revised Amount      Originally
Reported Amount
     Adjustment  

Interest on investment securities – taxable

   $ 1,049       $ 1,065       $ (16

Other operating income

   $ 1,000       $ 972       $ 28   

Other operating expense

   $ 2,714       $ 2,831       $ (117

Income before income taxes

   $ 8,153       $ 8,024       $ 129   

Income tax expense

   $ 2,808       $ 2,763       $ 45   

Net income

   $ 5,345       $ 5,261       $ 84   

Weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     13,072,963         13,156,231         (83,268

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

     13,231,533         13,314,801         (83,268

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.41       $ 0.40       $ 0.01   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.40       $ 0.40       $ —     

Balance Sheet Corrections

 

     As of December 31, 2011  

(dollars in thousands)

   Revised Amount      Originally
Reported Amount
     Adjustment  

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

   $ 273,822       $ 272,317       $ 1,505   

Investment securities available for sale, at amortized cost

   $ 271,065       $ 269,611       $ 1,454   

Trading securities

   $ 1,436       $ —         $ 1,436   

Deferred income taxes

   $ 13,845       $ 13,662       $ 183   

Other investments

   $ 4,107       $ 5,612       $ (1,505

Other assets

   $ 13,641       $ 16,794       $ (3,153

Retained earnings

   $ 126,242       $ 126,582       $ (340

Common stock held in treasury, at cost

   $ 31,027       $ 29,833       $ 1,194   

Shares of common stock held in treasury

     2,997,628         2,909,542         88,086   

C. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits, federal funds sold and money market funds with other banks with original maturities of three months or less. Cash balances required to meet regulatory reserve requirements of the Federal Reserve Board amounted to $3.8 million and $5.2 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

D. Investment Securities

Investment securities which are held for indefinite periods of time, which the Corporation intends to use as part of its asset/liability strategy, or which may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, increases in capital requirements, or other similar factors, are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. Net unrealized gains and losses for such securities, net of tax, are required to be recognized as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and excluded from determination of net income. Gains or losses on disposition are based on the net proceeds and cost of the securities sold, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, using the specific identification method.

The Corporation follows ASC 370-10-65-1 “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments” that provides guidance related to accounting for recognition of other-than-temporary impairment for debt securities and expands disclosure requirements for other-than-temporarily impaired debt and equity securities. Companies are required to record other-than-temporary impairment charges through earnings if they

 

69


have the intent to sell, or will more likely than not be required to sell, an impaired debt security before a recovery of its amortized cost basis. In addition, companies are required to record other-than-temporary impairment charges through earnings for the amount of credit losses, regardless of the intent or requirement to sell. Credit loss is measured as the difference between the present value of an impaired debt security’s cash flows and its amortized cost basis. Non-credit-related write-downs to fair value must be recorded as decreases to accumulated other comprehensive income as long as the Corporation has no intent or it is more likely than not that the Corporation would not be required to sell an impaired security before a recovery of its amortized cost basis. Since the Corporation did not have any other-than-temporary impairment for 2012 or 2011, the adoption of this guidance has had no impact.

Investment securities held in trading accounts consist solely of a deferred compensation trust account which is invested in marketable securities whose diversification is at the discretion of the deferred compensation plan participants. Investment securities held in trading accounts are reported at their fair value, with adjustments in fair value reported through income.

E. Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized temporary losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

F. Portfolio Loans and Leases

The Corporation originates construction, commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage, residential mortgage, home equity and consumer loans to customers primarily in southeastern Pennsylvania as well as small-ticket equipment leasing to customers nationwide. Although the Corporation has a diversified loan and lease portfolio, its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is substantially dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions of the region.

Loans and leases that the Corporation has the intention and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off, generally are reported at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan and lease losses and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and leases. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.

Loan and lease origination fees and loan and lease origination costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related yield using the interest method.

The accrual of interest on loans and leases is generally discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued, but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off, is charged against interest income. All interest accrued, but not collected, on leases that are placed on nonaccrual status is not charged against interest until the lease is charged-off at 120 days delinquent. The interest received on these nonaccrual loans and leases is applied to reduce the carrying value of loans and leases. Loans and leases are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, remain current for at least six months and future payments are reasonably assured. Once a loan returns to accrual status, any interest payments collected during the nonaccrual period which had been applied to the principal balance are reversed and recognized as interest income over the remaining term of the loan.

In connection with the FBD transaction, the Corporation acquired $76.6 million of loans from FBD. These acquired loans were recorded at their fair value. The difference between the recorded fair value and the principal value is accreted to interest income over the contractual lives of the loans in accordance with ASC 310-20

 

70


(formerly SFAS 91). Certain acquired loans which were deemed to be credit impaired at acquisition are accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30 (formerly SOP 03-3), as discussed below, in subsection H of this footnote.

G. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) is established through a provision for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) charged as an expense. The principal balances of loans and leases are charged against the Allowance when the Corporation believes that the principal is uncollectible. The Allowance is maintained at a level that the Corporation believes is sufficient to absorb estimated potential credit losses.

The Corporation’s determination of the adequacy of the Allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates by the Corporation. Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing these estimates including specific terms and conditions of loans and leases, underwriting standards, delinquency statistics, historical charge-off history by portfolio segment, industry concentration, overall exposure to a single customer, adequacy of collateral, the dependence on collateral, and results of internal loan review, including a borrower’s perceived financial and management strengths, the amounts and timing of the present value of future cash flows, and the access to additional funds.

As part of the process of allocating the Allowance to the different segments of the loan and lease portfolio, the Corporation considers certain credit quality indicators. For the commercial mortgage, construction and commercial and industrial loan segments, periodic reviews of the individual loans are performed by both in-house staff as well as external third-party loan review specialists. The result of these reviews is reflected in the risk grade assigned to each loan. In addition, the remaining segments of the loan and lease portfolio, which include residential mortgage, home equity lines and loans, consumer loans, and leases, are allocated portions of the Allowance based on their performance status.

The evaluation process also considers the impact of competition, current and expected economic conditions, national and international events, the regulatory and legislative environment and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from the Corporation’s estimates, an additional Provision may be required that might adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations in future periods. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review the adequacy of the Allowance. Such agencies may require the Corporation to record additions to the Allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

H. Impaired Loans and Leases

A loan or lease is considered impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect the contractually scheduled payments of principal or interest. When assessing impairment, the Corporation considers various factors, which include payment status, realizable value of collateral and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans and leases that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.

The Corporation determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s contractual effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

71


In addition to originating loans, the Corporation occasionally acquires loans through mergers or loan purchase transactions. Some of these acquired loans may exhibit deteriorated credit quality that has occurred since origination and the Corporation may not expect to collect all contractual payments. Accounting for these purchased credit-impaired loans is done in accordance with ASC 310-30. The loans are recorded at fair value, reflecting the present value of the amounts expected to be collected. Income recognition on these loans is based on a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. Acquired loans deemed impaired and considered collateral dependent, with the timing of the sale of loan collateral indeterminate, remain on nonaccrual status and have no accretable yield.

I. Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”s)

A TDR occurs when a creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, modifies the original terms of a loan or lease or grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise have granted. A concession may include an extension of repayment terms, a reduction in the interest rate or the forgiveness of principal and/or accrued interest. If the debtor is experiencing financial difficulty and the creditor has granted a concession, the Corporation will make the necessary disclosures related to the TDR. In certain cases, a modification or concession may be made in an effort to retain a customer who is not experiencing financial difficulty. This type of modification is not considered a TDR.

J. Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

OREO consists of assets that the Corporation has acquired through foreclosure, by accepting a deed in lieu of foreclosure, or by taking possession of assets that were used as loan collateral. The Corporation reports OREO on the balance sheet within other assets, at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell, adjusted periodically based on current appraisals. Costs relating to the development or improvement of assets, as well as the costs required to obtain legal title to the property, are capitalized, while costs related to holding the property are charged to expense as incurred.

K. Other Investments and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Other investments include Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) investments, and equity stocks without a readily determinable fair market value. The Corporation’s investments in equity stocks include those issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”), the Federal Reserve Bank and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank. The Corporation is required to hold FHLB stock as a condition of its borrowing funds from the FHLB. As of December 31, 2012, the carrying value of the Corporation’s FHLB stock was $10.8 million. Ownership of FHLB stock is restricted and there is no market for these securities. For further information on the FHLB stock, see Note 10 – “Short-Term and Other Borrowings”.

L. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and predetermined rent are recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the expected lease term or the estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter.

M. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Corporation has three defined benefit pension plans, one postretirement benefit plan and a 401(K) plan as discussed in Note 16 – “401(K) Plan” and in Note 17 – “Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans”. Net pension expense consists of service cost, interest cost, return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost, amortization of transition obligations and amortization of net actuarial gains and losses. The Corporation accrues pension costs as incurred.

 

72


N. Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”)

BOLI is recorded at its cash surrender value. Income from BOLI is tax-exempt and included as a component of other non-interest income.

O. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Corporation recognizes all derivative financial instruments on its balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value through income. If a derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is recognized in earnings immediately. To determine fair value, the Corporation uses a third party’s pricing model that incorporates assumptions about market conditions and risks that are current as of the reporting date.

The Corporation may use interest-rate swap agreements to modify the interest rate characteristics from variable to fixed or fixed to floating in order to reduce the impact of interest rate changes on future net interest income. The Corporation accounts for its interest-rate swap contracts in cash flow hedging relationships by establishing and documenting the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting the change in cash flows of assets or liabilities that are being hedged. To determine effectiveness, the Corporation performs an analysis to identify if changes in fair value or cash flow of the derivative correlate to the equivalent changes in the forecasted interest receipts related to a specified hedged item. Recorded amounts related to interest-rate swaps are included in other assets or liabilities. The change in fair value of the ineffective part of the instrument would need to be charged to the statement of operations, potentially causing material fluctuations in reported earnings in the period of the change relative to comparable periods. In a fair value hedge, the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and changes in the fair values of the hedged items are recorded in the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheets with the corresponding gain or loss being recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair values of interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in net interest income in the statement of operations. The Corporation performs an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge and quarterly thereafter, to determine whether these derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in the value of the hedged items.

P. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense over the vesting period.

All share-based payments, including grants of stock options, restricted stock awards and performance-based stock awards, are recognized as compensation expense in the statement of income at their fair value. The fair value of stock option grants is determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model which considers the expected life of the options, the volatility of stock price, risk-free interest rate and annual dividend yield. The fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on their market value on the grant date, while the fair value of the performance-based stock awards is based on their grant-date market value in addition to the likelihood of attaining certain pre-determined performance goals utilizing the Monte Carlo Simulation model.

Q. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share takes into account the potential dilution that would occur if in-the-money stock options were exercised and converted into common shares and restricted stock awards and performance-based stock awards were vested. Proceeds assumed to have been received on options exercises are assumed to be used to purchase

 

73


shares of the Corporation’s common stock at the average market price during the period, as required by the treasury stock method of accounting. The effects of stock options are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in periods in which the effect would be antidilutive. All weighted average shares, actual shares and per share information in the financial statements have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends and splits.

R. Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Corporation recognizes the benefit of a tax position only after determining that the Corporation would more-likely-than-not sustain the position following an examination. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Corporation applies these criteria to tax positions for which the statute of limitations remains open.

S. Revenue Recognition

With the exception of nonaccrual loans and leases, the Corporation recognizes all sources of income on the accrual method.

Additional information relating to Wealth Management fee revenue recognition follows:

The Corporation earns Wealth Management fee revenue from a variety of sources including fees from trust administration and other related fiduciary services, custody, investment management and advisory services, employee benefit account and IRA administration, estate settlement, tax service fees, shareholder service fees and brokerage. These fees are generally based on asset values and fluctuate with the market. Some revenue is not directly tied to asset value but is based on a flat fee for services provided. For many of our revenue sources, amounts are not received in the same accounting period in which they are earned. However, each source of Wealth Management fees is recorded on the accrual method of accounting.

The most significant portion of the Corporation’s Wealth Management fees is derived from trust administration and other related services, custody, investment management and advisory services, and employee benefit account and IRA administration. These fees are generally billed in arrears, based on the market value of assets at the end of the previous billing period. A smaller number of customers are billed in a similar manner, but on a quarterly or annual basis and some revenues are not based on market values.

The balance of the Corporation’s Wealth Management fees includes estate settlement fees and tax service fees, which are recorded when the related service is performed and asset management and brokerage fees on non-depository investment products, which are received one month in arrears, based on settled transactions, but are accrued in the month the settlement occurs.

Included in other assets on the balance sheet is a receivable for Wealth Management fees that have been earned but not yet collected. This receivable is reviewed quarterly for collectability.

 

74


T. Mortgage Servicing

A portion of the residential mortgage loans originated by the Corporation is sold to a third party; however the Corporation often retains the servicing duties related to these loans. A fee, usually based on a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loan, is received in return for these services. Gains on the sale of these loans are based on the specific identification method.

An intangible asset, referred to as mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”s) is recognized when the loan servicing rights are retained upon sale of a loan. These MSRs amortize to non-interest expense in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing life of the underlying loans.

MSRs are evaluated quarterly for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to their amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying the MSRs by predominant characteristics, such as interest rate and terms. Fair value is determined based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized on the income statement to the extent the fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the stratum. A valuation allowance is utilized to record temporary impairment in MSRs. Temporary impairment is defined as impairment that is not deemed permanent. Permanent impairment is recorded as a reduction of the MSR and is not reversed.

U. Statement of Cash Flows

The Corporation’s statement of cash flows details operating, investing and financing activities during the reported periods.

V. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Corporation accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” The goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2012, other than MSRs in Note 1-T above, are related to the acquisitions of Lau Associates, PWMG and DTC, which are components of the Wealth Management segment, and FKF and FBD, which are components of the Banking segment. The amount of goodwill initially recorded is based on the fair value of the acquired entity at the time of acquisition. Goodwill impairment tests are performed at least annually, or when events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the acquisition or investment.

The Corporation’s impairment testing methodology is consistent with the methodology prescribed in ASC 350. Other intangible assets include a core deposit intangible, which was acquired in the FKF merger and the FBD transaction, customer relationships, trade name and non-competition agreements acquired in connection with the acquisitions of DTC, PWMG and Lau Associates. The customer relationships, non-competition agreement and core deposit intangibles are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The trade name intangible has an indefinite life and is evaluated for impairment annually.

W. Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

X. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

FASB ASU No. 2011-02 – Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring

In April 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring,” (ASU 2011-02). The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011,

 

75


and are applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The Corporation has adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU with no impact on its financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.

FASB ASU No. 2011-03 – Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements (Topic 860)

On April 29, 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements (Topic 860)”, which removes the collateral maintenance provision that is currently required when determining whether a transfer of a financial instrument is accounted for as a sale or a secured borrowing. The Corporation has adopted ASU 2011-03 with no impact on its financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.

FASB ASU No. 2011-04 – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (Topic 820)

On May 12, 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (Topic 820)”, which is a joint effort between the FASB and IASB to converge fair value measurement and disclosure guidance. The ASU permits measuring financial assets and liabilities on a net credit risk basis, if certain criteria are met. The ASU also increases disclosure surrounding company-determined market price (Level 3) financial instruments and also requires the fair value hierarchy disclosure of financial assets and liabilities that are not recognized at fair value in the statement of financial position, but are included in disclosures at fair value. The Corporation has adopted ASU 2011-04 with no impact on its financial condition and results of operations.

FASB ASU No. 2011-05 – Presentation of Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)

On June 16, 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)”, which requires companies to report total net income, each component of comprehensive income, and total comprehensive income on the face of the income statement, or as two consecutive statements. The Corporation has adopted ASU No. 2011-05 by electing to present these statements as two consecutive statements in its consolidated financial statements with no impact on its financial condition and results of operations.

FASB ASU No. 2011-08 – Testing Goodwill for Impairment (Topic 350)

On September 15, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other– Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The amendments in this update will allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The provisions of ASU 2011-08 are effective for years beginning after December 15, 2011 for both public and nonpublic entities, although earlier adoption is allowed. The Corporation has not elected to use this method of an initial qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test.

FASB ASU No. 2011-12 – Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12 – “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” This update defers the effective date of the requirement to present separate line

 

76


items on the income statement for reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income. The deferral is temporary until the Board reconsiders the operational concerns and needs of financial statement users. The Board has not yet established a timetable for its reconsideration. Entities are still required to present reclassification adjustments within other comprehensive income either on the face of the statement that reports other comprehensive income or in the notes to the financial statements. The Corporation does not expect ASU No. 2011-12 will have a material impact on its financial statements but will result in a revised presentation of reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income.

FASB ASU No. 2012-02 – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment

In July 2012, the FASB issued an update (“ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment) which permits entities to perform an optional qualitative assessment for determining whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Corporation has not elected to use this optional assessment method.

FASB ASU No. 2013-02 – Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued an update (ASU 2013-02 – Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income) which requires entities to disclose, for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and into net income in their entirety, the effect of the reclassification on each affected net income line item and, for AOCI reclassification items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, a cross reference to other required U.S. GAAP disclosures. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012; early adoption is allowed. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance but does not expect it to have a material impact on its financial statements.

Note 2 – Business Combinations

First Bank of Delaware

The acquisition of certain loan and deposit accounts and a branch location from First Bank of Delaware by the Corporation was completed on November 17, 2012.

First Bank of Delaware, established in June 1999, was a $250 million state-chartered commercial bank operating from one full-service branch location in Wilmington, Delaware. Subsequent to the transaction with the Corporation, FBD’s remaining assets were transferred to a liquidating trust and its charter was cancelled. The transaction enabled the Corporation to further expand its footprint in the State of Delaware by complementing the existing wealth management operations of Bryn Mawr Trust of Delaware and Lau Associates, both located in Greenville, Delaware.

The transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration paid were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, which will not be amortizable for book purposes, however will be deductible for tax purposes. The Corporation allocated the total balance of goodwill to its Banking segment. The Corporation also recorded a core deposit intangible which will be amortized over a ten-year period using a declining-balance method.

 

77


In connection with the FBD transaction, the consideration paid and the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition are summarized in the following table:

 

(dollars in thousands)

      

Consideration paid:

  

Cash paid at closing

   $ 10,559   
  

 

 

 

Value of consideration

     10,559   

Assets acquired:

  

Cash and due from banks

     525   

Loans

     76,556   

Premises and equipment

     460   

Core deposit intangible

     320   

Other assets

     256   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     78,117   

Liabilities assumed:

  

Nonmaturity deposits

     27,080   

Time deposits

     43,257   

Unfavorable lease

     140   

Other liabilities

     390   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     70,867   

Net assets acquired

     7,250   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition of FBD

   $ 3,309   
  

 

 

 

The fair values listed above are estimates and are subject to adjustment. However, while they are not expected to be materially different than those shown, any material adjustments to the estimates will be reflected, retroactively, as of the date of the transaction.

Davidson Trust Company

The acquisition of the Davidson Trust Company by the Corporation was completed on May 15, 2012. In addition to cash paid at closing, three separate contingent payments, each of which is not to exceed $1.05 million, were payable on each of November 14, 2012, May 14, 2013 and November 14, 2013. The first contingent payment in the amount of $1.05 million was made on November 14, 2012. The contingent payments are subject to certain post-closing contingencies relating to the assets under management.

The addition of DTC has allowed the Corporation to expand its range of services and will bring deeper market penetration in our core market area. The structure of the Corporation’s existing Wealth Management segment has allowed for the immediate integration of DTC and will take advantage of the various synergies that exist between the two companies. The acquisition of DTC initially increased the Corporation’s Wealth Management Division assets under management by $1.0 billion.

The acquisition of DTC was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration paid were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, which will not be amortizable for book purposes, however will be deductible for tax purposes. The Corporation allocated the total balance of goodwill to its Wealth Management segment. The Corporation also recorded an intangible asset for customer relationships, which will be amortized over a ten-year period using a straight-line method, an intangible asset for restrictive covenant agreements, which will be amortized over a five-year period using a straight-line method and an intangible asset for trade name which will not be amortized.

As of September 30, 2012, the Corporation finalized its fair value estimates related to the acquisition of DTC.

 

78


In connection with the DTC acquisition, the consideration paid and the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition are summarized in the following table:

 

(dollars in thousands)

      

Consideration paid:

  

Cash paid at closing

   $ 8,400   

Contingent payment liability

     2,100   
  

 

 

 

Value of consideration

     10,500   

Assets acquired:

  

Cash operating accounts

     1,433   

Other assets

     201   

Intangible asset – customer relationships

     3,720   

Intangible asset – noncompetition agreements

     1,385   

Intangible asset – trade name

     970   

Premises and equipment

     117   

Deferred tax asset

     785   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     8,611   

Liabilities assumed:

  

Deferred tax liability

     2,125   

Miscellaneous liabilities

     885   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,010   

Net assets acquired

     5,601   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition of DTC

   $ 4,899   
  

 

 

 

Private Wealth Management Group of the Hershey Trust Company

The acquisition of PWMG by the Corporation was completed on May 27, 2011. The consideration paid by the Corporation was $18.4 million, of which $8.1 million cash and 322,101 unregistered shares of the BMBC common stock, valued at $6.7 million, were paid at closing, and $3.6 million cash was placed in escrow to be paid in three equal installments on the 6-, 12- and 18-month anniversaries of February 17, 2011, the date preceding the date of the definitive stock purchase agreement, subject to certain post-closing contingencies relating to the assets under management. As of December 31, 2012, the full amount of cash held in escrow had been released.

The acquisition of PWMG initially increased the Corporation’s Wealth Management Division assets under management by $1.1 billion.

The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration paid were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill in the amount of $5.7 million, which will not be amortizable for book purposes, however will be deductible for tax purposes. The Corporation allocated the total balance of goodwill to its Wealth Management segment. The Corporation also recorded an $8.6 million intangible asset for customer relationships, which is being amortized over a 15 year period using an accelerated method and a $3.8 million intangible asset for restrictive covenant agreements, which is being amortized over a five-and-a-half year period using a straight-line method.

 

79


In connection with the acquisition of PWMG, the consideration paid and the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition are summarized in the following table:

 

(dollars in thousands)       

Consideration paid:

  

Common shares issued (322,101 shares)

   $ 6,661   

Cash paid

     11,750   

Cash held in escrow as of December 31, 2012

     —     
  

 

 

 

Value of consideration

     18,411   

Assets acquired:

  

Intangible asset – customer relationships

     8,610   

Intangible asset – non-compete agreements

     3,830   

Premises and equipment

     250   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     12,690   

Liabilities assumed:

     —     

Net assets acquired

     12,690   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of PWMG

   $ 5,721   
  

 

 

 

Note 3 – Goodwill & Other Intangible Assets

The Corporation’s goodwill and intangible assets related to the acquisitions of Lau Associates in July, 2008, FKF in July, 2010, PWMG in May, 2011, DTC in May, 2012 and FBD in November, 2012 for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Beginning
Balance
12/31/11
     Additions/
Adjustments
     Amortization     Ending
Balance
12/31/12
     Amortization
Period

Goodwill – Lau

   $ 9,846       $ —         $ —        $ 9,846       Indefinite

Goodwill – FKF

     9,122         —           —          9,122       Indefinite

Goodwill – PWMG

     5,721         —           —          5,721       Indefinite

Goodwill – DTC

     —           4,899         —          4,899       Indefinite

Goodwill – FBD

     —           3,309         —          3,309       Indefinite
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 24,689       $ 8,208       $ —        $ 32,897      

Core deposit intangible

   $ 1,628       $ 320       $ (294   $ 1,654       10 Years

Customer relationships

     12,376         3,720         (1,206     14,890       10 to 15 Years

Non compete agreements

     3,770         1,385         (911     4,244       5 to 5 1/2 Years

Trade name

     240         970         —          1,210       Indefinite
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 18,014       $ 6,395       $ (2,411   $ 21,998      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Grand total

   $ 42,703       $ 14,603       $ (2,411   $ 54,895      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

80


(dollars in thousands)    Beginning
Balance
12/31/10
     Additions/
Adjustments
    Amortization     Ending
Balance
12/31/11
     Amortization
Period

Goodwill – Lau*

   $ 7,918       $ 1,928      $ —        $ 9,846       Indefinite

Goodwill – FKF

     9,741         (619     —          9,122       Indefinite

Goodwill – PWMG

     —           5,721        —          5,721       Indefinite
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 17,659       $ 7,030      $ —        $ 24,689      

Core deposit intangible

     1,951         —          (323     1,628       10 Years

Customer relationships

     4,473         8,610        (707     12,376       15 Years

Non compete agreements

     400         3,830        (460     3,770       5 1/2 Years

Trade name

     240         —          —          240       Indefinite
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 7,064       $ 12,440      $ (1,490   $ 18,014      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Grand total

   $ 24,723       $ 19,470      $ (1,490   $ 42,703      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

* Under the terms of the Lau Associates acquisition, the Corporation recorded the final earn-out payment of $1.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2011, and the payment was made during the first quarter of 2012.

Note 4 – Investment Securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments which were classified as available for sale, are as follows:

As of December 31, 2012

 

(dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Obligations of the U.S. government and agencies

   $ 73,183       $ 796       $ (107   $ 73,872   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     30,244         199         (59     30,384   

Mortgage-backed securities

     128,537         3,302         (13     131,826   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     62,116         622         (35     62,703   

Other investments

     17,667         162         —          17,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 311,747       $ 5,081       $ (214   $ 316,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

 

(dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Obligations of the U.S. government and agencies

   $ 104,252       $ 397       $ (79   $ 104,570   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     8,210         158         (2     8,366   

Mortgage-backed securities

     95,713         2,160         (39     97,834   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     32,418         251         (46     32,623   

Other investments

     30,472         264         (307     30,429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 271,065       $ 3,230       $ (473   $ 273,822   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


The following table shows the amount of securities that were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Less than 12
Months
    12 Months
or Longer
     Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
(Losses)
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
(Losses)
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Obligations of the U.S. government and agencies

   $ 20,032       $ (107   $ —         $ —         $ 20,032       $ (107

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     10,752         (59     —           —           10,752         (59

Mortgage-backed securities

     12,602         (13     —           —           12,602         (13

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     10,040         (35     —           —           10,040         (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 53,426       $ (214   $ —         $ —         $ 53,426       $ (214
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the amount of securities that were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Less than 12
Months
    12 Months
or Longer
    Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
(Losses)
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
(Losses)
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Obligations of the U.S. Government and agencies

   $ 23,457       $ (79   $ —         $ —        $ 23,457       $ (79

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     620         (2     —           —          620         (2

Mortgage-backed securities

     7,696         (22     4,886         (17     12,582         (39

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     7,440         (46     —           —          7,440         (46

Other investments

     15,596         (307     —           —          15,596         (307
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 54,809       $ (456   $ 4,886       $ (17   $ 59,695       $ (473
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management evaluates the Corporation’s investment securities that are in an unrealized loss position in order to determine if the decline in market value is other than temporary. The investment portfolio includes debt securities issued by U.S. government agencies, U.S. government-sponsored agencies, state and local municipalities and other issuers. All fixed income investment securities in the Corporation’s investment portfolio are rated as investment-grade or higher. Factors considered in the evaluation include the current economic climate, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, interest rates and the bond rating of each security. The unrealized losses presented in the tables above are temporary in nature and are primarily related to market interest rates rather than the underlying credit quality of the issuers. Management does not believe that these unrealized losses are other-than-temporary. The Corporation does not have the intent to sell these securities prior to their maturity or the recovery of their cost bases and believes that it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell these securities prior to their maturity or the recovery of their cost bases.

At December 31, 2012, securities having a fair value of $108.7 million were specifically pledged as collateral for public funds, trust deposits, the FRB discount window program, FHLB borrowings and other purposes. The FHLB has a blanket lien on non-pledged, mortgage-related loans and securities as part of the Corporation’s borrowing agreement with the FHLB.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment and mortgage-related securities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

82


     December 31, 2012  
(dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Market
Value
 

Investment securities*:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 10,571       $ 10,590   

Due after one year through five years

     38,056         38,171   

Due after five years through ten years

     40,635         40,714   

Due after ten years

     18,415         19,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     107,677         108,519   

Mortgage-related securities

     190,653         194,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 298,330       $ 303,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Included in the investment portfolio, but not in the table above, are $13.6 million of mutual funds which have no stated maturity or constant stated coupon rate.

 

     December 31, 2011  
(dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Market
Value
 

Investment securities*:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 900       $ 900   

Due after one year through five years

     54,046         54,349   

Due after five years through ten years

     48,210         48,354   

Due after ten years

     26,233         26,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     129,389         129,956   

Mortgage-related securities

     128,131         130,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 257,520       $ 260,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Included in the investment portfolio, but not in the table above, are $13.4 million of mutual funds which have no stated maturity or constant stated coupon rate

Proceeds from the sale of available for sale investment securities totaled $40.6 million, $89.7 million and $88.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Gain on sale of available for sale investment securities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 totaled $1.4 million, $1.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s investment securities held in trading accounts were comprised of a deferred compensation trust which is invested in marketable securities whose diversification is at the discretion of the deferred compensation plan participants.

 

83


Note 5 – Loans and Leases

A. Loans and leases outstanding are detailed by portfolio segment as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011  

Loans held for sale

   $ 3,412       $ 1,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

     

Commercial mortgage

   $ 546,358         419,130   

Home equity lines and loans

     194,861         207,917   

Residential mortgage

     288,212         306,478   

Construction

     26,908         52,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     1,056,339         986,369   

Commercial and industrial

     291,620         267,204   

Consumer

     17,666         11,429   

Leases

     32,831         30,390   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     1,398,456         1,295,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 1,401,868       $ 1,296,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with predetermined rates

   $ 723,417       $ 608,490   

Loans with adjustable or floating rates

     678,451         688,490   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 1,401,868       $ 1,296,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred loan origination costs included in the above loan table

   $ 402       $ 563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

B. Leases outstanding at December 31 are detailed by components of the net investment as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011  

Minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 37,349      $ 34,143   

Unearned lease income

     (6,099     (5,080

Initial direct costs and deferred fees

     1,581        1,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32,831      $ 30,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

84


C. Non-Performing Loans and Leases*

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011  

Nonaccrual loans and leases:

     

Commercial mortgage

   $ 631       $ 1,043   

Home equity lines and loans

     2,792         2,678   

Residential mortgage

     3,748         3,228   

Construction

     3,314         4,901   

Commercial and industrial

     3,506         2,305   

Consumer

     7         5   

Leases

     42         155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     14,040         14,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and leases 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

     

Construction

     728         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans and leases

   $ 14,768       $ 14,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Purchased credit-impaired loans, which have been recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date and which are performing as expected are excluded from this table with the exception of $90 thousand and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of purchased credit-impaired loans which became non-performing subsequent to the merger.

D. Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

The outstanding principal balance and related carrying amount of credit-impaired loans, for which the Corporation applies ASC 310-30 to account for the interest earned, as of the dates indicated, is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 19,527       $ 22,749   

Carrying amount(1)

   $ 12,128       $ 13,993   

 

(1)

Includes $319 thousand and $678 thousand of purchased credit-impaired loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for which the Corporation could not estimate the timing or amount of expected cash flows to be collected at the acquisition date, and for which no accretable yield is recognized. Additionally, the table above includes $90 thousand and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of purchased credit-impaired loans that subsequently became non-performing, which are disclosed in Note 5C, above, and which also have no accretable yield.

The following table presents changes in the accretable discount on purchased credit-impaired loans, for which the Corporation applies ASC 310-30, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Accretable
Discount
 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 9,537   

Accretion

     (1,458

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference

     1,299   

Additions

     18   

Disposals

     (1,371
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 8,025   
  

 

 

 

 

85


E. Age Analysis of Past Due Loans and Leases

The following tables present an aging of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(dollars in thousands)    30 – 59
Days Past
Due
     60 – 89
Days Past
Due
     Over 89
Days Past

Due
     Total
Past

Due
     Current      Total Loans
and Leases
     Delinquency
%*
 

As of December 31, 2012

                    

Commercial mortgage

   $ 704       $ 384       $ 538       $ 1,626       $ 544,732       $ 546,358         0.30

Home equity lines and loans

     241         84         1,894         2,219         192,642         194,861         1.14

Residential mortgage

     888         224         2,192         3,304         284,908         288,212         1.15

Construction

     —           —           4,042         4,042         22,866         26,908         15.02

Commercial and industrial

     376         50         2,535         2,961         288,659         291,620         1.02

Consumer

     8         7         4         19         17,647         17,666         0.11

Leases

     33         18         22         73         32,758         32,831         0.22
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 2,250       $ 767       $ 11,227       $ 14,244       $ 1,384,212       $ 1,398,456         1.02
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

* Delinquency equals Total Past Due divided by Total Loans and Leases

 

(dollars in thousands)    30 – 59
Days Past
Due
     60 – 89
Days Past
Due
     Over 89
Days Past

Due
     Total
Past

Due
     Current      Total Loans
and Leases
     Delinquency
%*
 

As of December 31, 2011

                    

Commercial mortgage

   $ 193       $ 171       $ 1,311       $ 1,675       $ 417,455       $ 419,130         0.40

Home equity lines and loans

     330         199         2,235         2,764         205,153         207,917         1.33

Residential mortgage

     1,455         907         1,856         4,218         302,260         306,478         1.38

Construction

     —           —           4,853         4,853         47,991         52,844         9.18

Commercial and industrial

     279         1,513         2,089         3,881         263,323         267,204         1.45

Consumer

     33         —           4         37         11,392         11,429         0.32

Leases

     156         75         145         376         30,014         30,390         1.24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 2,446       $ 2,865       $ 12,493       $ 17,804       $ 1,277,588       $ 1,295,392         1.37
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

* Delinquency equals Total Past Due divided by Total Loans and Leases

F. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (the “Allowance”)

The following table details the roll-forward of the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010:

 

(dollars in thousands)    For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011             2010      

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 12,753      $ 10,275      $ 10,424   

Charge-offs

     (2,867     (4,648     (10,694

Recoveries

     536        1,038        691   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,003        6,088        9,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 14,425      $ 12,753      $ 10,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


The following table details the roll-forward of the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses, by portfolio segment, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011

 

(dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Mortgage
    Home
Equity
Lines and
Loans
    Residential
Mortgage
    Construction     Commercial
and
Industrial
    Consumer     Leases     Unallocated     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 2,534      $ 1,563      $ 843      $ 633      $ 3,565      $ 115      $ 766      $ 256      $ 10,275   

Charge-offs

    (827     (514     (391     (1,174     (633     (92     (1,017     —          (4,648

Recoveries

    —          190        —          —          307        11        530        —          1,038   

Provision for loan and lease losses

    1,458        468        1,140        1,925        577        85        253        182        6,088   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 3,165      $ 1,707      $ 1,592      $ 1,384      $ 3,816      $ 119      $ 532      $ 438      $ 12,753   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table details the roll-forward of the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses, by portfolio segment, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012

 

(dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Mortgage
    Home
Equity
Lines and
Loans
    Residential
Mortgage
    Construction     Commercial
and
Industrial
    Consumer     Leases     Unallocated     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 3,165      $ 1,707      $ 1,592      $ 1,384      $ 3,816      $ 119      $ 532      $ 438      $ 12,753   

Charge-offs

    (234     (375     (209     (1,131     (458     (96     (364     —          (2,867

Recoveries

    4        —          75        15        143        7        292        —          536   

Provision for loan and lease losses

    972        525        566        751        1,136        159        33        (139     4,003   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 3,907      $ 1,857      $ 2,024      $ 1,019      $ 4,637      $ 189      $ 493      $ 299      $ 14,425   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table details the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment based on the methodology used to evaluate the loans and leases for impairment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Mortgage
    Home
Equity Lines
and Loans
    Residential
Mortgage
    Construction     Commercial
and
Industrial
    Consumer     Leases     Unallocated     Total  
                 

As of December 31, 2012

                 

Allowance on loans and leases:

                 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ 217      $ 667      $ 543      $ 919      $ 8      $  —        $  —        $ 2,354   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    3,894        1,640        1,357        451        3,718        181        493        299        12,033   

Purchased credit-impaired*

    13        —          —          25        —          —          —          —          38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 3,907      $ 1,857      $ 2,024      $ 1,019      $ 4,637      $ 189      $ 493      $ 299      $ 14,425   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

                 

Allowance on loans and leases:

                 
                 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ 75      $ 358      $ 640      $ 248      $  —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,321   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    3,153        1,632        1,234        741        3,568        119        532        438        11,417   

Purchased credit-impaired*

    12        —          —          3        —          —          —          —          15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 3,165      $ 1,707      $ 1,592      $ 1,384      $ 3,816      $ 119      $ 532      $ 438      $ 12,753   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


The following table details the carrying value for loans and leases by portfolio segment based on the methodology used to evaluate the loans and leases for impairment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Mortgage
    Home
Equity Lines
and Loans
    Residential
Mortgage
    Construction     Commercial
and Industrial
    Consumer     Leases     Total  

As of December 31, 2012

               

Balance of loans and leases:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 541      $ 3,403      $ 9,211      $ 4,631      $ 3,997      $ 7      $ —        $ 21,790   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    535,506        191,439        278,951        20,785        287,367        17,659        32,831        1,364,538   

Purchased credit-impaired*

    10,311        19        50        1,492        256        —          —          12,128   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 546,358      $ 194,861      $ 288,212      $ 26,908      $ 291,620      $ 17,666      $ 32,831      $ 1,398,456   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

               

Balance of loans and leases:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ 2,714      $ 8,146      $ 6,062      $ 2,393      $ 5      $ —        $ 19,320   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    407,095        205,172        298,018        45,696        264,286        11,424        30,390        1,262,081   

Purchased credit-impaired*

    12,035        31        314        1,086        525        —          —          13,991   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 419,130      $ 207,917      $ 306,478      $ 52,844      $ 267,204      $ 11,429      $ 30,390      $ 1,295,392   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Purchased credit-impaired loans are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis

As part of the process of allocating the allowance to the different segments of the loan and lease portfolio, Management considers certain credit quality indicators. For the commercial mortgage, construction and commercial and industrial loan segments, periodic reviews, at least quarterly, of the individual loans are performed by both in-house staff as well as external loan reviewers. The result of these reviews is reflected in the risk grade assigned to each loan. These internally assigned grades are as follows:

 

   

Pass – Loans considered satisfactory with no indications of deterioration.

 

   

Special mention – Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

 

   

Substandard – Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and payment capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

   

Doubtful – Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

In addition, the remaining segments of the loan and lease portfolio, which include residential mortgage, home equity lines and loans, consumer, and leases, are allocated portions of the allowance based on their performance status.

 

88


The following tables detail the carrying value of loans and leases by portfolio segment based on the credit quality indicators used to allocate the allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

 
(dollars in thousands)    Commercial
Mortgage
     Construction      Commercial and
Industrial
     Total  
As of December 31,    2012      2011      2012      2011      2012      2011      2012      2011  

Pass

   $ 538,470       $ 414,250       $ 16,504       $ 38,367       $ 278,167       $ 260,050       $ 833,141       $ 712,667   

Special Mention

     2,215         1,932         1,317         3,704         6,256         1,459         9,788         7,095   

Substandard

     5,673         2,948         9,087         10,521         7,197         5,523         21,957         18,992   

Doubtful*

     —           —           —           252         —           172         —           424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 546,358       $ 419,130       $ 26,908       $ 52,844       $ 291,620       $ 267,204       $ 864,886       $ 739,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Loans balances classified as “Doubtful” have been reduced by partial charge-offs, and are carried at their net realizable value.

 

   

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 
(dollars in thousands)   Residential Mortgage     Home Equity
Lines and Loans
    Consumer     Leases     Total  
As of December 31,   2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Performing

  $ 284,464      $ 303,250      $ 192,069      $ 205,239      $ 17,659      $ 11,424      $ 32,789      $ 30,235      $ 526,981      $ 550,148   

Non-performing

    3,748        3,228        2,792        2,678        7        5        42        155        6,589        6,066   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 288,212      $ 306,478      $ 194,861      $ 207,917      $ 17,666      $ 11,429      $ 32,831      $ 30,390      $ 533,570      $ 556,214   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

G. Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”):

The restructuring of a loan is considered a “troubled debt restructuring” if both of the following conditions are met: (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and (ii) the creditor has granted a concession. The most common concessions granted include one or more modifications to the terms of the debt, such as (a) a reduction in the interest rate for the remaining life of the debt, (b) an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, (c) a temporary period of interest-only payments, (d) a reduction in the contractual payment amount for either a short period or remaining term of the loan, or (e) for leases, a reduced lease payment. A less common concession granted is the forgiveness of a portion of the principal.

The determination of whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties takes into account not only the current financial condition of the borrower, but also the potential financial condition of the borrower, if a concession were not granted. The determination of whether a concession has been granted is subjective in nature. For example, simply extending the term of a loan at its original interest rate or even at a higher interest rate could be interpreted as a concession unless the borrower could readily obtain similar credit terms from a different lender.

As of June 30, 2012, the Corporation has adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310) – A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” As such, the Corporation reassessed all loan and lease modifications occurring since January 1, 2011 for identification as troubled debt restructurings. The reassessment of all loan and lease modifications since January 1, 2011 did not uncover any previously undisclosed TDRs.

 

89


The following table presents the balance of TDRs as of the indicated dates:

 

(dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

TDRs included in nonperforming loans and leases

   $ 3,106       $ 4,300   

TDRs in compliance with modified terms

     8,008         7,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 11,114       $ 11,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding loan and lease modifications granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 that were categorized as TDRs:

 

(dollars in thousands)   Number of Contracts     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
    Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

Residential

    3      $ 1,235      $ 1,235   

Commercial and industrial

    1        39        39   

Home equity lines and loans

    5        908        919   

Leases

    4        43        43   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    13      $ 2,225      $ 2,236   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding the types of loan and lease modifications made for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Number of Contracts  
     Interest Rate
Change
     Loan Term
Extension
     Interest Rate
Change and Term
Extension
     Interest Rate
Change with
Interest-Only
Period
     Contractual
Payment
Reduction

(Leases  only)
 

Residential

     —           1         2         —           —     

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           1         —           —     

Home equity lines and loans

     1         —           3         1         —     

Leases

     —           —           —           —           4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1         1         6         1         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding loan and lease modifications granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 that were categorized as TDRs:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Number of Contracts      Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

Residential

     2       $ 674       $ 674   

Commercial and industrial

     3         478         478   

Construction

     2         4,430         4,430   

Leases

     11         157         157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     18       $ 5,739       $ 5,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

90


The following table presents information regarding the types of loan and lease modifications made for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Number of Contracts  
     Interest Rate
Change
     Loan Term
Extension
     Interest Rate
Change and Term
Extension
     Interest Rate
Change  with
Interest-Only
Period
     Contractual
Payment
Reduction

(Leases  only)
 

Residential

     —           —           1         1         —     

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           2         1         —     

Construction

     —           2         —           —           —     

Leases

     —           —           —           —           11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           2         3         2         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, there were no defaults of loans or leases that had been previously modified to Troubled Debt Restructurings.

H. Impaired Loans

The following tables detail the recorded investment and principal balance of impaired loans by portfolio segment, their related allowance for loan and lease losses and interest income recognized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (purchased credit-impaired loans are not included in the tables):

 

(dollars in thousands)    Recorded
Investment**
     Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Principal
Balance
     Interest
income
recognized
     Cash-Basis
Interest
Income
Recognized
 

As of or for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012

                 

Impaired loans with related allowance:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

   $ 1,261       $ 1,321       $ 217       $ 1,327       $ 42       $  —     

Residential mortgage

     4,778         4,793         667         4,764         152         —     

Construction

     2,564         2,564         543         3,272         —           —     

Commercial and industrial

     3,357         3,383         919         3,402         49         —     

Consumer

     7         8         8         10         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,967         12,069         2,354         12,775         243         —     

Impaired loans* without related allowance:

                 

Commercial mortgage

     541         574         —           581         14         —     

Home equity lines and loans

     2,142         2,223         —           2,478         22         —     

Residential mortgage

     4,433         4,741         —           4,735         154         —     

Construction

     2,067         2,317         —           3,461         58         —     

Commercial and industrial

     640         639         —           645         16         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,823         10,494         —           11,900         264         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Grand total

   $ 21,790       $ 22,563       $ 2,354       $ 24,675       $ 507       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* The table above does not include the recorded investment of $168 thousand of impaired leases without a related allowance for loan and lease losses.
** Recorded investment equals principal balance less partial charge-offs and interest payments on non-performing loans that have been applied to principal.

 

91


(dollars in thousands)    Recorded
Investment**
     Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Principal
Balance
     Interest
income
recognized
     Cash-Basis
Interest
Income
Recognized
 

As of or for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011

                 

Impaired loans with related allowance:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

   $ 448       $ 456       $ 75       $ 456       $ 1       $  —     

Residential mortgage

     2,654         2,682         358         2,696         130         —     

Construction

     4,853         6,054         640         6,478         73         —     

Commercial and industrial

     1,568         2,160         248         2,199         32         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,523         11,352         1,321         11,829         236         —     

Impaired loans* without related allowance:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

     2,266         2,310         —           2,316         46         —     

Residential mortgage

     5,492         5,863         —           5,865         191         —     

Construction

     1,209         1,213         —           1,326         56         —     

Commercial and industrial

     825         855         —           1,031         20         —     

Consumer loans

     5         5         —           6         1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,797         10,246         —           10,544         314         —     

Grand total

   $ 19,320       $ 21,598       $ 1,321       $ 22,373       $ 550       $  —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* The table above does not include the recorded investment of $680 thousand of impaired leases without a related allowance for loan and lease losses.
** Recorded investment equals principal balance less partial charge-offs and interest payments on non-performing loans that have been applied to principal.

Note 6 – Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned consists of properties acquired as a result of deed in-lieu-of foreclosure and foreclosures. Properties or other assets are classified as OREO and are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Costs relating to the development or improvement of assets are capitalized, and costs relating to holding the property are charged to expense. The Corporation had $906 thousand in OREO assets at December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, Phase I environmental tests had been conducted on one of the OREO properties that indicated possible environmental contamination. Phase 2 environmental testing is currently being conducted and until the completion of these Phase 2 environmental tests no reserve for potential remediation cost has been recorded as it is not yet possible to establish the probability of, or reasonably estimate, a potential loss.

The summary of the change in other real estate owned, which is included as a component of other assets on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, is as follows:

 

      December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011  

Balance January 1

   $ 549      $ 2,527   

Additions

     949        1,163   

Capitalized cost

     61        —     

Impairment of OREO

     —          (251

Sales

     (653     (2,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31

   $ 906      $ 549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

92


Note 7 – Premises and Equipment

A. A summary of premises and equipment is as follows:

 

      December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011  

Land

   $ 5,306      $ 5,369   

Buildings

     22,966        22,973   

Furniture and equipment.

     21,598        21,129   

Leasehold improvements

     13,729        11,575   

Construction in progress

     1,925        25   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (34,354     (31,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 31,170      $ 29,328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to the assets detailed in the above table for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 amounted to $2.9 million, $2.8 million, and $2.3 million, respectively.

B. Future minimum cash rent commitments under various operating leases as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)       

2013

   $ 3,002   

2014

     3,012   

2015

     3,043   

2016

     2,812   

2017

     2,858   

2018 and thereafter

     38,136   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 52,863   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense on leased premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $2.7 million, $2.2 million, and $1.6 million, respectively.

Note 8 – Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSR”s)

A. The following summarizes the Corporation’s activity related to MSRs for the years ended December 31:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Balance, January 1

   $ 4,041      $ 4,925      $ 4,059   

Additions

     1,579        651        1,819   

Amortization

     (966     (749     (923

Impairment

     (163     (786     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

   $ 4,491      $ 4,041      $ 4,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value

   $ 4,638      $ 4,041      $ 5,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans serviced for others

   $ 595,317      $ 574,422      $ 605,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

93


B. The following summarizes the Corporation’s activity related to changes in the impairment valuation allowance of MSRs for the years ended December 31:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Balance, January 1

   $ (1,382   $ (596   $ (566

Impairment

     (278     (800     (390

Recovery

     115        14        360   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

   $ (1,545   $ (1,382   $ (596
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

C. Other MSR Information – At December 31, 2012, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of MSRs to immediate 10 and 20 percent adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)       

Fair value amount of MSRs

   $ 4,638   

Weighted average life (in years)

     4.8   

Prepayment speeds (constant prepayment rate)*

     15.9

Impact on fair value:

  

10% adverse change

   $ (230

20% adverse change

   $ (442

Discount rate

     10.5

Impact on fair value:

  

10% adverse change

   $ (158

20% adverse change

   $ (306

 

* Represents the weighted average prepayment rate for the life of the MSR asset.

At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of the mortgage MSRs is $4.6 million, $4.0 million, and $5.8 million, respectively. The fair value of the MSRs for these dates was determined using a third-party valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds and discount rates. Mortgage loan prepayment speed is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal and is based on historical experience. The discount rate is used to determine the present value of future net servicing income. Another key assumption in the model is the required rate of return the market would expect for an asset with similar risk. Both assumptions can, and generally will, change quarterly valuations as market conditions and interest rates change.

These assumptions and sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which could magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

94


Note 9 – Deposits

A. The following table details the components of deposits:

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011  

Savings

   $ 129,091       $ 130,613   

NOW accounts*

     270,279         233,562   

Market rate accounts*

     604,632         458,902   

Time deposits, less than $100

     121,994         125,341   

Time deposits, $100 or more

     96,592         83,992   

Wholesale time deposits

     12,421         23,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     1,235,009         1,055,960   

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     399,673         326,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,634,682       $ 1,382,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes wholesale deposits.

The aggregate amount of deposit overdrafts included as loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $603 thousand and $505 thousand, respectively.

B. The following tables detail the maturities of time deposits:

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
(dollars in thousands)    $100
or more
     Less than
$100
 

Maturing during:

     

2013

   $ 84,003       $ 97,169   

2014

     7,481         14,529   

2015

     1,302         3,888   

2016

     1,581         3,021   

2017

     2,225         3,314   

2018 and thereafter

     —           73   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,592       $ 121,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

C. The following tables detail the maturities of wholesale time deposits:

 

      As of December 31, 2012  
(dollars in thousands)    $100
or more
     Less than
$100
 

Maturing during:

     

2013

   $ 6,637       $ 371   

2014

     5,413         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,050       $ 371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

95


Note 10 – Short-term and Other Borrowings

A. Short-term borrowings – As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation had $9.4 million and $12.9 million of short-term (original maturity of one year or less) borrowings, respectively, which consisted solely of funds obtained from overnight repurchase agreements with commercial customers.

A summary of short-term borrowings is as follows:

 

      As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011  

Overnight fed funds

   $ —         $ —     

Repurchase agreements

     9,403         12,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 9,403         12,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth information concerning short-term borrowings:

 

      As of or Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)        2012             2011      

Balance at period-end

   $ 9,403      $ 12,863   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

     19,029        23,326   

Average balance outstanding during the period

     13,526        11,380   

Weighted-average interest rate:

    

As of the period-end

     0.15     0.15

Paid during the period

     0.20     0.21

Average balances outstanding during the year represent daily average balances and average interest rates represent interest expense divided by the related average balance.

B. FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings:

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation had $161.3 million and $147.8 million, respectively, of other borrowings, consisting mainly of advances from FHLB, a commercial mortgage on its Wealth Management Division’s offices located in Bryn Mawr, PA (which was paid off during 2012) and a commercial term loan originated to fund the extinguishment of the Corporation’s Junior Subordinated Debentures detailed in Note 13, below. Both of the aforementioned loans are from correspondent banks.

The following table presents the remaining periods until maturity of the FHLB advances and other borrowings:

 

      As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011  

Within one year

   $ 35,458       $ 39,276   

Over one year through five years

     104,244         85,238   

Over five years through ten years

     21,613         22,253   

Over ten years

     —           1,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 161,315       $ 147,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

96


The following table presents rate and maturity information on FHLB advances and other borrowings:

 

      Maturity Range*      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Interest Rate     Balance at
December 31,
 

Description

   From      To        From     To     2012      2011  

Fixed amortizing

     03/12/13         12/29/15         3.56     3.19     3.73   $ 4,285       $ 10,535   

Adjustable amortizing**

     12/31/16         12/31/16         3.25     3.25     3.25     9,400         13,692   

Bullet maturity – fixed rate

     02/25/13         06/12/17         1.87     1.19     4.12     90,000         75,500   

Bullet maturity – variable rate

     11/18/17         11/18/17         0.46     0.46     0.46     15,000         —     

Convertible-fixed

     01/03/13         08/20/18         2.51     2.21     2.94     42,630         48,068   
              

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

               $ 161,315       $ 147,795   
              

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Maturity range refers to December 31, 2012 balances
** Loans from correspondent banks other than FHLB

Included in the table above as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are $42.6 million and $48.1 million, respectively, of FHLB advances whereby the FHLB has the option, at predetermined times, to convert the fixed interest rate to an adjustable interest rate indexed to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The Corporation has the option to prepay these advances, without penalty, if the FHLB elects to convert the interest rate to an adjustable rate. As of December 31, 2012, substantially all the FHLB advances with this convertible feature are subject to conversion in fiscal 2013. These advances are included in the periods in which they mature, rather than the period in which they are subject to conversion.

C. Other FHLB Information – The Corporation had a maximum borrowing capacity (“MBC”) with the FHLB of approximately $726.9 million as of December 31, 2012 of which the unused capacity was $560.7 million at December 31, 2012. In addition there were $64.0 million in overnight federal funds line and $65.2 million of Federal Reserve Discount Window capacity. In connection with its FHLB borrowings, the Corporation is required to hold the capital stock of the FHLB. The amount of capital stock held was $10.8 million at December 31, 2012, and $11.6 million at December 31, 2011. The carrying amount of the FHLB stock approximates its redemption value.

The level of required investment in FHLB stock is based on the balance of outstanding loans the Corporation has from the FHLB. Although FHLB stock is a financial instrument that represents an equity interest in the FHLB, it does not have a readily determinable fair value. FHLB stock is generally viewed as a long-term investment. Accordingly, when evaluating FHLB stock for impairment, its value should be determined based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The Corporation regularly reviews financial statements filed by the FHLB. The most recent unaudited financial information available as of February 21, 2013 indicates an increase in the FHLB’s net income over last year. In addition, credit-related other-than-temporary impairments have declined for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011. Management believes that these indicators, as well as the fact that the FHLB has resumed redemption of its capital stock and has paid dividends in 2012, support the Corporation’s assessment that its investment in FHLB capital stock is not other-than-temporarily impaired.

Note 11 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities

In December, 2012, the Corporation entered into a forward-starting interest rate swap to hedge the cash flows of a $15 million floating-rate FHLB borrowing. The interest rate swap involves the exchange of the Corporation’s floating rate interest payments on the underlying principal amount. This swap was designated, and qualified, for cash-flow hedge accounting. The term of the swap begins November 30, 2015 and ends November 28, 2022. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the effective portion of gains or

 

97


losses is reported as a component of other comprehensive income, and is subsequently reclassified into earnings as an adjustment to interest expense in the periods in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

The following table details the Corporation’s derivative positions as of the balance sheet dates indicated:

As of December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in thousands)                                    

Notional

Amount

   Trade Date     Effective
Date
    Maturity
Date
   

Receive (Variable)

Index

  Current
Projected
Receive Rate
    Pay Fixed
Swap Rate
    Fair Value of
Asset
(Liability)
 
$15,000      12/13/2012        11/30/2015        11/28/2022      US 3-Month LIBOR     2.338     2.376   $ (36

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, there has been no reclassification of the interest-rate swap’s fair value from other comprehensive income to earnings.

As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation held no derivative positions.

Note 12 – Subordinated Debentures

The Corporation issued an aggregate of $15 million in subordinated debentures in July and August 2008. This subordinated debenture had a floating interest rate, which reset quarterly at 90 day LIBOR plus 3.75%, had a maturity of 10 years, and could be prepaid at the end of 5 years with no prepayment penalty. In April 2009, the Corporation raised an additional $7.5 million in subordinated debentures. These subordinated debentures bore an interest rate equal to the 90 day LIBOR rate plus 5.75% and was adjusted quarterly. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation elected to prepay, in full, all outstanding subordinated debentures. The Corporation incurred $488 thousand in prepayment penalties and unamortized issuance costs related to the early extinguishment of its subordinated debt.

Note 13 – Junior Subordinated Debentures

In connection with the FKF merger, the Corporation acquired FKF Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a trust formed under Delaware law that became an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Corporation. On August 21, 1997, the Trust had issued $16.2 million of preferred securities (the “Preferred Securities”) at an interest rate of 9.7%, with a scheduled maturity of August 15, 2027. Simultaneously, the proceeds from the issue, along with $502 thousand of cash were invested in junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) that were assumed by the Corporation. On November 15, 2001 and June 25, 2008, FKF purchased $3.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of the Preferred Securities.

On December 19, 2011, the Corporation elected to prepay, in full, the Debentures. Simultaneously, the Trust called the Preferred Securities. Funding for the prepayment was obtained through an adjustable-rate term loan indexed to LIBOR.

Note 14 – Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” requires disclosure of the fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate such value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other market value techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. The aggregate fair value amounts presented below do not represent the underlying value of the Corporation.

 

98


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values.

Investment Securities

Estimated fair values for investment securities are generally valued by an independent third party based on market data, utilizing pricing models that vary by asset and incorporate available trade, bid and other market information. Management reviews, annually, the process utilized by its independent third-party valuation experts. On a quarterly basis, Management tests the validity of the prices provided by the third party by selecting a representative sample of the portfolio and obtaining actual trade results, or if actual trade results are not available, competitive broker pricing. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Loans Held for Sale

The fair value of loans held for sale is based on pricing obtained from secondary markets.

Net Portfolio Loans and Leases

For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and which have no significant change in credit risk, estimated fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values of certain mortgage loans and consumer loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality and is indicative of an entry price. The estimated fair value of nonperforming loans is based on discounted estimated cash flows as determined by the internal loan review of the Bank or the appraised market value of the underlying collateral, as determined by independent third party appraisers. This technique does not reflect an exit price.

Impaired Loans

The Corporation evaluates and values impaired loans at the time the loan is identified as impaired, and the fair values of such loans are estimated using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Each loan’s collateral has a unique appraisal and management’s discount of the value is based on the factors unique to each impaired loan. The significant unobservable input in determining the fair value is management’s subjective discount on appraisals of the collateral securing the loan, which range from 10% – 50%. Collateral may consist of real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable and the value of these assets is determined based on the appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Corporation. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, estimated costs to sell, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned consists of properties acquired as a result of foreclosures and deeds in-lieu-of foreclosure. Properties are classified as OREO and are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less cost to sell, and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

In light of the continuing slow-down in the real estate market, management is required to utilize a more significant level of unobservable inputs and, as such, the Corporation has reclassified the hierarchical levels of both Impaired Loans and Other Real Estate Owned to Level 3 as of March 31, 2012.

 

99


Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of the MSRs for these periods was determined using a proprietary third-party valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds and discount rates. Due to the proprietary nature of the valuation model used, the Corporation classifies the value of MSRs as using Level 3 inputs.

In light of the continued climate of depressed interest rates, the Corporation has determined that the third party valuation firm that values the Corporation’s MSRs is relying on a more significant level of unobservable inputs and, as such, the Corporation has reclassified the hierarchical levels of MSRs to Level 3 as of March 31, 2012.

Other Assets

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable, income taxes receivable and other investments approximates fair value.

Deposits

The estimated fair values disclosed for noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW accounts, and Market Rate accounts are, by definition, equal to the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of expected monthly maturities on the certificate of deposit. FASB Codification 825 defines the fair value of demand deposits as the amount payable on demand as of the reporting date and prohibits adjusting estimated fair value from any value derived from retaining those deposits for an expected future period of time.

Short-term borrowings

The carrying amount of short-term borrowings, which include overnight repurchase agreements approximate their fair value.

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings

The fair value of FHLB advances and other borrowings, which include an $9.4 million term loan, is established using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on mid-term and long term borrowings.

Subordinated Debentures

The fair value of subordinated debentures is established using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on comparable borrowings.

Other Liabilities

The carrying amounts of accrued interest payable and other accrued payables approximate fair value.

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments

Estimated fair values of the Corporation’s commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees are not included in the table below as their carrying values generally approximate their fair values. These instruments generate fees that approximate those currently charged to originate similar commitments.

 

100


The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Corporation’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

           As of December 31,  
           2012      2011  
(dollars in thousands)    Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level*
   Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   Level 1    $ 175,686       $ 175,686       $ 69,140       $ 69,140   

Investment securities – available for sale

   See Note 15      316,614         316,614         273,822         273,822   

Investment securities – trading

   See Note 15      1,447         1,447         1,436         1,436   

Loans held for sale

   Level 2      3,412         3,482         1,588         1,667   

Net portfolio loans and leases

   Level 3      1,384,031         1,412,619         1,282,639         1,311,058   

Mortgage servicing rights

   Level 3      4,491         4,638         4,041         4,041   

Other assets

   Level 3      21,735         21,735         25,837         25,837   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

      $ 1,907,416       $ 1,936,221       $ 1,658,503       $ 1,687,001   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

   Level 2    $ 1,634,682       $ 1,635,374       $ 1,382,369       $ 1,382,865   

Short-term borrowings

   Level 2      9,403         9,403         12,863         12,863   

FHLB advances and other borrowings

   Level 2      161,315         164,273         147,795         151,767   

Subordinated debentures

   Level 2      —           —           22,500         21,511   

Other liabilities

   Level 2      26,921         26,921         23,467         23,467   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

      $ 1,832,321       $ 1,835,971       $ 1,588,994       $ 1,592,473   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* see Note 15 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of hierarchy levels

Note 15 – Fair Value Measurement

FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement” establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the nature of data inputs for fair value determinations, under which the Corporation is required to value each asset using assumptions that market participants would utilize to value that asset. When the Corporation uses its own assumptions it is required to disclose additional information about the assumptions used and the effect of the measurement on earnings or the net change in assets for the period.

The value of the Corporation’s available for sale investment securities, which include obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government- and U.S. government sponsored agencies, obligations of state and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, other debt securities, as well as bond mutual funds are determined by an independent third party. The Corporation performs tests to assess the validity of these third-party values. The third party’s evaluations are based on market data. They utilize pricing models that vary by asset and incorporate available trade, bid and other market information. For securities that do not trade on a daily basis, their pricing models apply available information such as benchmarking and matrix pricing. The market inputs normally sought in the evaluation of securities include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes (only obtained from market makers or broker/dealers recognized as market participants), issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bid, offers and reference data. For certain securities, additional inputs may be used or some market inputs may not be applicable. Inputs are prioritized differently on any given day based on market conditions.

U.S. Government agencies are evaluated and priced using multi-dimensional relational models and option adjusted spreads. State and municipal securities are evaluated on a series of matrices including reported trades and material event notices. Mortgage-backed securities are evaluated using matrix correlation to treasury or

 

101


floating index benchmarks, prepayment speeds, monthly payment information and other benchmarks. Other available-for-sale investments are evaluated using a broker-quote based application, including quotes from issuers.

The value of the investment portfolio is determined using three broad levels of inputs:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical securities.

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3 – Instruments whose significant value drivers are unobservable.

These levels are not necessarily an indication of the risks or liquidity associated with these investments. The following tables summarize the assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 that are recognized on the Corporation’s balance sheet using fair value measurement determined based on the differing levels of input.

Fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Investments:

           

Obligations of U.S.government & agencies

   $ 73.9       $ —         $ 73.9       $  —     

Obligations of state & political subdivisions

     30.4         —           30.4         —     

Mortgage-backed securities

     131.8         —           131.8         —     

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     62.7         —           62.7         —     

Mutual funds

     15.0         15.0         —           —     

Investment certificates of deposit

     2.3         —           2.3         —     

Other debt securities

     1.9         —           1.9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured on a recurring basis at fair value

   $ 318.0       $ 15.0       $ 303.0       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of assets measured on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 0.9       $  —         $  —         $ 0.9   

Impaired loans and leases

     19.7         —           —           19.7   

OREO and other repossessed property

     0.9         —           —           0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

   $ 21.5       $ —         $ —         $ 21.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

(dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Investments:

           

Obligations of U.S. government & agencies

   $ 104.6       $ —         $ 104.6       $  —     

State & political subdivisions

     8.4         —           8.4         —     

Mortgage backed securities

     97.8         —           97.8         —     

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     32.6         —           32.6         —     

Corporate bonds

     12.7         —           12.7         —     

Mutual funds

     14.9         14.9         —           —     

Investment certificates of deposit

     2.4         —           2.4         —     

Other debt securities

     1.9         —           1.9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured on a recurring basis at fair value

   $ 275.3       $ 14.9       $ 260.4       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

102


Fair value of assets measured on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2011:

 

(dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 4.0       $  —         $ 4.0       $  —     

Impaired loans and leases

     18.7         —           18.7         —     

OREO and other repossessed property

     0.5         —           0.5         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

   $ 23.2       $ —         $ 23.2       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, a net increase of $975 thousand in the Allowance was recorded as a result of adjusting the carrying value and estimated fair value of the impaired loans in the above tables. As it relates to the fair values of assets measured on a recurring basis, there have been no transfers between levels during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

Note 16 – 401(K) Plan

The Corporation has a qualified defined contribution plan (the “401(K) Plan”) for all eligible employees, under which the Corporation contributes $1.00 for each $1.00 that an employee contributes up to a maximum of 3.0% of the employee’s base salary. The Corporation’s expenses for the 401(K) Plan were $747 thousand, $618 thousand and $570 thousand in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Effective April 1, 2008, an amendment was made to the 401(K) Plan which provided for a new class of immediately vested, discretionary, non-matching employer contribution to the 401(K) Plan. The Corporation’s expense for the non-matching discretionary contribution was $879 thousand, $652 thousand and $769 thousand, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 17 – Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

A. General Overview – The Corporation has three defined benefit pension plans, the qualified defined benefit plan (the “QDBP”) which covers all employees over age 20 1/2 who meet certain service requirements, and two non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (“SERP I” and “SERP II”) which are restricted to certain senior officers of the Corporation.

SERP I provides each participant with the equivalent pension benefit provided by the QDBP on any compensation and bonus deferrals that exceed the IRS limit applicable to the QDBP.

On February 12, 2008, the Corporation amended the QDBP and SERP I to freeze further increases in the defined benefit amounts to all participants, effective March 31, 2008.

On April 1, 2008, the Corporation added SERP II, a non-qualified defined benefit plan which was restricted to certain senior officers of the Corporation.

The Corporation also has a postretirement benefit plan (“PRBP”) that covers certain retired employees and a group of current employees. The PRBP was closed to new participants in 1994. In 2007, the Corporation amended the PRBP to allow for settlement of obligations to certain current and retired employees. Certain retired participant obligations were settled in 2007 and current employee obligations were settled in 2008.

 

103


The following table provides information with respect to our QDBP, SERP, and PRBP, including benefit obligations and funded status, net periodic pension costs, plan assets, cash flows, amortization information and other accounting items.

B. Actuarial Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the years ended December 31:

 

     QDBP     SERP I and SERP II     PRBP  
     2012     2011     2012       2011       2012     2011  

Discount rate

     3.70     4.20     3.70     4.20      3.70      4.20 

Rate of increase for future compensation

     N/A        N/A        3.50     3.50      N/A        N/A   

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     7.50     7.50     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

C. Changes in Benefit Obligations and Plan Assets:

 

      QDBP     SERP I & SERP II     PRBP  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Change in benefit obligations

            

Benefit obligation at January 1

   $ 38,056      $ 32,574      $ 5,862      $ 4,326      $ 913      $ 998   

Service cost

     —          —          243        230                  —     

Interest cost

     1,576        1,708        243        248        36        48   

Plan participants contribution

     —          —          —          —          49        21   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     2,973        5,458        491        1,204        36        9   

Benefits paid

     (1,780     (1,684     (146     (146     (192     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at December 31

   $ 40,825      $ 38,056      $ 6,693      $ 5,862      $ 842      $ 913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

            

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

   $ 38,295      $ 30,395      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

     4,151        (416     —          —          —          —     

Employer contribution

     —          10,000        146        146        143        142   

Plan participants’ contribution

     —          —          —          —          49        21   

Benefits paid

     (1,780     (1,684     (146     (146     (192     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

   $ 40,666      $ 38,295      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at year end (plan assets less benefit obligations)

   $ (159   $ 239      $ (6,693   $ (5,862   $ (842   $ (913
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Amounts included in the consolidated balance sheet as other assets (liabilities) and accumulated other comprehensive income including the following:

            

Prepaid benefit cost/(accrued liability)

   $ 16,573      $ 17,131      $ (3,669   $ (3,162   $ (263   $ (265

Net actuarial loss

     (16,732     (16,892     (2,169     (1,763     (579     (622

Prior service cost

     —          —          (855     (937     —          —     

Unrecognized net initial obligation

     —          —          —          —          —          (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (159   $ 239      $ (6,693   $ (5,862   $ (842   $ (913
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

104


D. The following tables provide the components of net periodic pension costs for the periods indicated:

 

QDBP Net Periodic Pension Cost    For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Service cost

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Interest cost

     1,576        1,708        1,722   

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,804     (2,214     (2,099

Amortization of prior service cost

     —          —          —     

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     1,786        899        768   

Curtailment

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 558      $ 393      $ 391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
SERP I and SERP II Periodic Pension Cost    For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Service cost

   $ 243      $ 230      $ 185   

Interest cost

     243        248        224   

Amortization of prior service cost

     82        82        87   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     86        49        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 654      $ 609      $ 522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
PRBP Net Periodic Pension Cost    For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Service cost

   $  —        $  —        $ —     

Interest cost

     36        48        58   

Settlement

     —          —          —     

Amortization of transition obligation

     26        26        26   

Amortization of prior service cost

     —          (55     (138

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     79        77        86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 141      $ 96      $ 32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

E. Plan Assets:

The information in this section pertains to the assets of the QDBP. The PRBP, SERP I and SERP II are unfunded plans and, as such, have no related plan assets.

The following table details the asset allocation and the QDBP’s policy asset allocation range as of the dates indicated

 

     2012 Plan Policy
Asset Allocation
Range**
   2011 Plan Policy
Asset Allocation
Range**
   Percentage of
QDBP Plan
Assets as of
December 31,
 
             2012             2011      

Asset Category

          

Equity securities*

   50% to 65%    50% to 65%      61     45

Fixed-income investments

   10% to 30%    30% to 45%      19     29

Alternative investments

   0% to 30%    N/A      14     0

Cash reserves**

   1% to 5%    1% to 5%      6     26
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

           100     100
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

105


* Includes Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation common stock in the amount of $702 thousand, or 1.7%, and $614 thousand, or 1.6%, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
** Asset categories that fall outside the asset allocation range (policy) are outside the range on a short-term basis and is often related to the timing of plan funding and subsequent investment. Reallocation is done regularly in order to adhere to the plan’s asset allocation policy

The expected rate of return on plan assets in the QDBP was selected by the Corporation after consultation with its actuary, and is based in part on long term historical rates of return and various actuarial assumptions. The discount rate was also selected by the Corporation after consultation with its actuary, and is based in part upon the current yield of a portfolio of long term investment grade securities.

The investment strategy of the QDBP is to maintain the investment ranges listed above. The target ranges are to be periodically reviewed based on the prevailing market conditions. Any modification to the current investment strategy must be ratified by the Wealth Management Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The QDBP is allowed to retain approximately 2.5% of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation common stock.

The Corporation’s overall investment strategy is to achieve a mix of approximately 60% investments for long-term growth and 40% for production of current income. The target allocations for the QDBP are 60% equity securities comprised of a number of mutual funds managed with differing objectives and styles. The plan also holds shares of the Corporation’s common stock. Fixed income obligations include corporate obligations, U.S. Treasury and Agency securities, along with fixed income mutual funds.

In addition, the QDBP invests in alternative investments whose definition is quite broad. Examples of strategies that may be deployed include: long/short, global macro, managed futures, event driven, tactical absolute return, master limited partnerships, REITs, etc. The allocation to alternative investments may be achieved through liquid strategies, such as separate accounts or mutual funds or through hedge funds. Hedge funds are carried at fair value as determined by the fund manager in good faith. In establishing the fair value of hedge funds, the fund manager takes into consideration information received from the investment administrators, including their financial statements and the fair value established by the fund manager of each respective investment.

The following tables summarize the fair value of the assets of the QDBP as of the dates indicated. The fair values were determined by using three broad levels of inputs. See Note 15 for description of these input levels.

The fair value of the QDBP assets measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,576       $ 2,576       $ —         $ —     

Alternative investments*

     5,664         2,269         3,395         —     

Common stocks

     703         703         —           —     

Equity mutual funds

     23,950         23,950         —           —     

Bond mutual funds

     7,773         7,773         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured on a recurring basis at fair value

   $ 40,666       $ 37,271       $ 3,395       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Alternative investments include exchange-traded products which are considered Level 1 and hedge fund investments which are considered Level 2.

 

106


The fair value of the QDBP assets measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Cash

   $ 10,047       $ 10,047       $ —         $ —     

Obligations of U.S. Treasury

     517         —           517         —     

Obligations of U.S. Government and agencies

     722         —           722         —     

Common stocks

     614         614         —           —     

Equity mutual funds

     16,653         16,653         —           —     

Bond mutual funds

     9,742         9,742         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured on a recurring basis at fair value

   $ 38,295       $ 37,056       $ 1,239       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

F. Cash Flows

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, are expected to be paid over the next ten years:

 

(dollars in thousands)    QDBP      SERP I & SERP II      PRBP  

Fiscal year ending

        

2013

   $ 1,867       $ 146       $ 132   

2014

     1,876         146         120   

2015

     1,953         242         109   

2016

     1,980         240         98   

2017

     1,971         237         87   

2018-2022

     10,515         1,255         291   

G. Other Pension and Post Retirement Benefit Information

In 2005, the Corporation placed a cap on the future annual benefit payable through the PRBP. This cap is equal to 120% of the 2005 annual benefit.

H. Expected Contribution to be Paid in the Next Fiscal Year

Based on the status of the Corporation’s QDBP at December 31, 2012, no minimum funding requirement is anticipated for 2013. The 2013 expected contribution for the SERP is $146 thousand.

I. Actuarial Losses

As indicated in section C of this footnote, the Corporation’s pension plans had cumulative actuarial losses as of December 31, 2012 that will result in an increase in the Corporation’s future pension expense because such losses at each measurement date exceed 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of the plan assets. In accordance with GAAP, net unrecognized gains or losses that exceed that threshold are required to be amortized over the expected service period of active employees, and are included as a component of net pension cost. Amortization of these net actuarial losses had the effect of increasing the Corporation’s pension by the amounts shown on the table in section D of this footnote.

 

107


Note 18 – Income Taxes

A. Components of Net Deferred Tax Asset:

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Loan and lease loss reserve

   $ 6,010      $ 5,817   

Other reserves

     1,506        1,160   

Net operating loss carry-forward

     2,187        2,568   

Alternative minimum tax credits

     568        568   

Amortizing fair value adjustments, FKF merger

     2,778        3,848   

Defined benefit plans

     8,494        8,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

     21,543        22,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Other reserves

     (165     (26

QDBP

     (5,800     (5,996

Originated MSRs

     (1,572     (1,414

Unrealized appreciation on investment securities

     (1,703     (964
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liability

     (9,240     (8,400
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset

   $ 12,303      $ 13,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Not included in the table above is a $175 thousand deferred tax asset for state taxes related to net operating losses of our leasing subsidiary as of December 31, 2012, for which we have recorded a 100% valuation allowance. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had a $110 thousand deferred tax asset related to a capital loss carry-forward, for which it has also recorded a 100% valuation allowance, as the Corporation has limited access to instruments that would produce an offsetting capital gain. In connection with the May 15, 2012 acquisition of DTC, the Corporation recorded a net deferred tax liability of $1.3 million.

B. The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011      2010  

Currently payable

   $ 11,575      $ 6,231       $ 4,748   

Deferred

     (505     3,310         (304
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,070      $ 9,541       $ 4,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

C. Applicable income taxes differed from the amount derived by applying the statutory federal tax rate to income as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012     Tax
Rate
    2011     Tax
Rate
    2010     Tax
Rate
 

Computed tax expense at statutory federal rate

   $ 11,276        35.0   $ 10,200        35.0   $ 4,721        35.0

Tax-exempt income

     (382     (1.2 )%      (395     (1.4 )%      (514     (3.2 )% 

Other, net

     176        0.5     (264     (0.9 )%      237        1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 11,070        34.3   $ 9,541        32.7   $ 4,444        33.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

108


D. Other Income Tax Information

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, the Corporation recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the Corporation would more likely than not sustain the position following an examination. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Corporation applied these criteria to tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open.

There were no reserves for uncertain tax positions recorded during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010.

The Corporation is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in multiple state jurisdictions. The Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examination by tax authorities for the years before 2008.

The Corporation’s policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. No interest or penalties were accrued in 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation has net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of $6.2 million related to the FKF merger which are available to offset future federal taxable income through 2030. In addition, the Corporation has alternative minimum tax credits of $568 thousand, which are available to reduce future federal regular income taxes over an indefinite period and a capital loss carry-forward of $315 thousand that will begin to expire in 2013 if not utilized.

As a result of the July 1, 2010 merger with FKF, the Corporation succeeded to certain tax bad debt reserves that existed at FKF as of June 30, 2010. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had unrecognized deferred income taxes of $2.5 million with respect to these reserves. These reserves could be recognized as taxable income and create a current and/or deferred tax liability at the income tax rates then in effect if one of the following conditions occurs: (1) the Corporation’s retained earnings represented by this reserve are used for distributions, in liquidation, or for any other purpose other than to absorb losses from bad debts; (2) the Corporation fails to qualify as a bank, as provided by the Internal Revenue Code; or (3) there is a change in federal tax law.

Note 19 – Stock-Based Compensation

A. General Information

The Corporation permits the issuance of stock options, dividend equivalents, performance awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and/or restricted stock units to employees and directors of the Corporation under several plans. The terms and conditions of awards under the plans are determined by the Corporation’s Compensation Committee.

Prior to April 25, 2007, all shares authorized for grant as stock-based compensation were limited to grants of stock options. On April 25, 2007, the shareholders approved the Corporation’s “2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan” (the “2007 LTIP”) under which a total of 428,996 shares of the Corporation’s common stock were made available for award grants. On April 28, 2010, the shareholders approved the Corporation’s “2010 Long Term Incentive Plan” (the “2010 LTIP”) under which a total of 445,002 shares of the Corporation’s common stock were made available for award grants.

The equity awards granted under the 2007 and 2010 LTIPs were authorized to be in the form of, among others, options to purchase the Corporation’s common stock, restricted stock awards (“RSA”s) and performance stock awards (“PSA”s).

 

109


The fair value of the RSAs is based on the closing price on the day preceding the date of the grant.

The PSAs vest based on the Corporation’s total shareholder return relative to the performance of the community bank index for the respective period. The amount of PSAs earned will not exceed 100% of the PSAs awarded. The fair value of the PSAs is calculated using the Monte Carlo Simulation method.

In connection with the FKF merger, 21,133 fully vested options which had been granted to former FKF employees were assumed by the Corporation.

The following table summarizes the remaining shares authorized to be granted for options, RSAs and PSAs:

 

     Shares Authorized for:  
     Options Only     Options, RSAs
or PSAs
 

Balance, December 31, 2009

     —          38,989   

Shares authorized – 2010 LTIP

     —          445,002   

Options authorized – FKF Merger

     21,133        —     

Options granted – fully vested

     (21,133     —     

RSAs granted – four year cliff-vesting

     —          (11,920

PSAs granted – three year cliff-vesting

     —          (60,767

PSAs forfeited

     —          500   

Unexercised options expired

     —          14,080   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     —          425,884   

RSAs granted – four year cliff-vesting

     —          (17,085

RSAs granted – four year cliff-vesting

     —          (9,000

PSAs granted – three year cliff-vesting

     —          (60,238

Unexercised options expired

     —          19,330   

Unexercised options cancelled

     —          19,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

     —          378,355   

RSAs granted – three year cliff-vesting...

     —          (31,948

PSAs granted – three year cliff-vesting

     —          (73,217

Unexercised options expired

     —          9,883   

Unexercised options cancelled

     —          5,755   

PSAs forfeited

     —          4,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     —          293,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

B. Fair Value of Options Granted

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants issued during:

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Expected dividend yield

     N/A         N/A         3.24

Expected volatility of Corporation’s stock

     N/A         N/A         45.7

Risk-free interest rate

     N/A         N/A         1.5

Expected life in years

     N/A         N/A         6.0   

Weighted average fair value of options granted

     N/A         N/A       $ 5.42   

The expected dividend yield is based on the company’s annual dividend amount as a percentage of the average stock price at the time of the grant. Expected life is equal to the mid-point of the average time to vest and the contractual term. Expected volatility of the Corporation’s stock is based on the historic volatility of the

 

110


Corporation’s stock price. The risk-free interest rate is based on the zero-coupon U.S. Treasury interest rate ranging from one month to ten years and a period commensurate with the expected life of the option. No options were granted in 2011 or 2012.

C. Other Stock Option Information – The following table provides information about options outstanding:

 

    For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
    2012          2011          2010  
    Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
         Shares     Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
         Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Options outstanding, beginning of period

    876,470      $ 20.17      $ 4.49            993,710      $ 19.82      $ 4.44            1,012,896      $ 19.75      $ 4.41   

Granted

    —          —          —              —          —          —              21,133      $ 13.35      $ 5.42   

Forfeited

    (5,755   $ 20.56      $ 4.74            (16,320   $ 20.94      $ 4.79            (14,080   $ 21.53      $ 4.87   

Expired

    (9,883   $ 21.93      $ 5.01            (32,330   $ 21.87      $ 5.04            —          —          —     

Exercised

    (77,356   $ 17.60      $ 3.69            (68,590   $ 14.08      $ 2.79            (26,239   $ 10.97      $ 3.14   
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

Options outstanding, end of period

    783,476      $ 20.40      $ 4.62            876,470      $ 20.17      $ 4.49            993,710      $ 19.82      $ 4.45   
 

 

 

           

 

 

           

 

 

     

The following table provides information related to options as of December 31, 2012:

 

          Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

        Options
Outstanding
          Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Shares
Exercisable
At 12/31/12
          Remaining
Contractual
Life
          Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price*
 

$10.36 to $10.75

         4,510             5.89 yrs         4,510             5.89 yrs           $ 10.36   

$17.01 to $18.91

         348,652             3.60 yrs         289,649             3.05 yrs           $ 18.51   

$18.92 to $20.00

         2,625             2.50 yrs         2,625             2.50 yrs           $ 19.11   

$20.01 to $21.00

         84,000             1.31 yrs         84,000             1.31 yrs           $ 20.47   

$21.01 to $22.00

         223,925             3.59 yrs         223,925             3.59 yrs           $ 21.59   

$22.01 to $24.27

         119,764             5.15 yrs         98,011             5.11 yrs           $ 24.14   
      

 

 

           

 

 

               
         783,476             3.60 yrs         702,720             3.32 yrs           $ 20.46   
      

 

 

           

 

 

               

 

*price of exercisable options

The following table provides information about unvested options:

 

     For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
     2012           2011           2010  
     Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
          Shares     Weighted
Average

Grant  Date
Fair Value
          Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested options, beginning of period

     158,515      $ 4.73             249,574      $ 4.76             350,076      $ 4.78   

Granted

     —          —               —          —               21,133      $ 5.42   

Vested

     (72,004   $ 4.82             (74,739   $ 4.82             (107,405   $ 4.96   

Forfeited

     (5,755   $ 4.74             (16,320   $ 4.79             (14,230   $ 4.87   
  

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

   

Unvested options, end of period

     80,756      $ 4.65             158,515      $ 4.73             249,574      $ 4.76   
  

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

111


Proceeds, related tax benefits realized from options exercised and intrinsic value of options exercised were as follows:

 

      For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)        2012              2011              2010      

Proceeds from strike price of value of options exercised

   $ 1,362       $ 966       $ 288   

Related tax benefit recognized

     100         141         60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds of options exercised

   $ 1,462       $ 1,107       $ 348   

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 269       $ 444       $ 460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides information about options outstanding and exercisable options:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     

 

          2011           2010  
     Options
Outstanding
     Exercisable
Options
          Options
Outstanding
     Exercisable
Options
          Options
Outstanding
     Exercisable
Options
 

Number

     783,476         702,720             876,470         717,955             993,710         744,136   

Weighted average exercise price

   $ 20.40       $ 20.46           $ 20.17       $ 20.10           $ 19.82       $ 19.52   

Aggregate intrinsic value

   $ 1,691,778       $ 1,455,766           $ 549,495       $ 437,549           $ 260,320       $ 260,320   

Weighted average contractual term

     3.6 yrs         3.3 yrs             4.3 yrs         3.7 yrs             5.0 yrs         4.0 yrs   

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation recognized $228 thousand of expense related to stock options. As of December 31, 2012, the unamortized stock based compensation expense on stock options was $212 thousand which will be recognized over the next 17 months.

D. Restricted Stock Awards and Performance Stock Awards

The Corporation has granted RSAs and PSAs under the 2007 LTIP and 2010 LTIP Plans.

RSAs

The compensation expense for the RSAs is measured based on the market price of the stock on the day prior to the grant date and is recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period, accelerated for retirement eligibility. Stock restrictions are subject to alternate vesting for death and disability and retirement.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation recognized $520 thousand of expense related to the Corporation’s RSAs. As of December 31, 2012, there was $657 thousand of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSAs. This cost will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

 

112


The following table details the RSAs for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2012
          Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2011
          Twelve Months  Ended
December 31,2010
 
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
          Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
          Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Beginning balance

     35,025      $ 18.06             11,920      $ 16.78             —         $ —     

Granted

     31,948      $ 20.41             26,085      $ 18.50             11,920       $ 16.78   

Vested

     (10,342   $ 19.34             (2,980   $ 16.78             —         $ —     

Forfeited

     —          —               —          —               —           —     
  

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

    

Ending balance

     56,631      $ 19.15             35,025      $ 18.06             11,920       $ 16.78   
  

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

    

PSAs

The compensation expense for PSAs is measured based on their grant date fair value as calculated using the Monte Carlo Simulation. Related to the 73,217 PSAs granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Monte Carlo Simulation used various assumptions that include expected volatility of 32.01%, a risk free rate of return of 0.42% and a correlation co-efficient of 0.7093%.

The Corporation recognized $535 thousand of expense related to the PSAs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there was $982 thousand of unrecognized compensation cost related to PSAs. This cost will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

The following table details the PSAs for the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2012
          Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2011
          Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2010
 
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
          Number
of

Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
          Number
of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Beginning balance

     117,361      $ 9.86             60,267      $ 9.64             —          —     

Granted

     73,217      $ 11.80             60,238      $ 10.07             60,767      $ 9.64   

Vested

     —          —               —          —               —          —     

Forfeited

     (4,812   $ 9.88             (3,144   $ 9.64             (500   $ 9.64   
  

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

   

Ending balance

     185,766      $ 10.62             117,361      $ 9.86             60,267      $ 9.64   
  

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

113


Note 20 – Earnings Per Share

The calculation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share is presented below:

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)    Year Ended December 31,  
      2012      2011      2010  

Numerator – Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 21,147       $ 19,602       $ 9,046   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share – Weighted average shares outstanding*

     13,090,110         12,659,824         10,680,377   

Effect of dilutive potential common shares

     151,736         82,313         12,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share – Adjusted weighted average shares outstanding

     13,241,846         12,742,137         10,692,689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.62       $ 1.55       $ 0.85   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.60       $ 1.54       $ 0.85   

Antidulitive shares excluded from computation of average dilutive earnings per share

     848,477         941,005         941,079   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* excludes restricted stock

All weighted average shares, actual shares and per share information in the financial statements have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends and splits. See Note 1-Q – “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Earnings Per Common Share” for a discussion on the calculation of earnings per share.

Note 21 – Other Operating Income

Components of other operating income for the indicated years ended December 31 include:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011      2010  

Merchant interchange fees

   $ 665       $ 559       $ 360   

Commissions and fees

     510         468         396   

Safe deposit box rentals

     398         407         365   

Insurance commissions

     444         403         386   

Other investment income

     349         153         119   

Title insurance income

     272         119         207   

Rent income

     162         116         167   

Miscellaneous other income

     1,043         1,181         525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating income

   $ 3,843       $ 3,406       $ 2,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

114


Note 22 – Other Operating Expense

Components of other operating expense for the indicated years ended December 31 include:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012      2011      2010  

Information technology

   $ 2,060       $ 1,518       $ 1,376   

Loan processing

     1,485         1,114         1,040   

Other taxes

     1,164         973         728   

Temporary help and recruiting

     1,031         532         525   

Telephone

     652         514         455   

Travel and entertainment

     567         507         410   

Stationary and supplies

     516         496         400   

Postage

     433         415         370   

Director fees

     409         359         331   

Outsourced services

     355         180         45   

Portfolio maintenance

     266         313         242   

Dues and subscriptions

     326         287         244   

Contributions

     301         279         259   

Insurance

     402         277         253   

Deferred compensation expense

     271         203         220   

Miscellaneous other expense

     2,488         1,879         1,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating expense

   $ 12,726       $ 9,846       $ 8,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 23 – Related Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank granted loans to principal officers, directors and their affiliates. Loan activity during 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

Following is a summary of these transactions:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011  

Balance, January 1

   $ 6,004      $ 6,117   

Additions

     5        —     

Amounts collected

     (3,125     (113
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

   $ 2,884      $ 6,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Related party deposits amounted to $1.7 million and $961 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 24 – Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk, Contingencies and Concentration of Credit Risk

Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The contractual amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

115


The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet financial instruments.

Commitments to extend credit, which include unused lines of credit and unfunded commitments to originate loans, are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Total commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2012 were $366.6 million. The Corporation evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Corporation upon extension of credit, is based on a credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, marketable securities, inventory, property, plant and equipment, residential real estate, and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to a customer for a third party. Such standby letters of credits are issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is similar to that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The collateral varies, but may include accounts receivable, marketable securities, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and residential real estate for those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The Corporation’s obligation under standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2012 amounted to $22.2 million. There were no outstanding bankers’ acceptances as of December 31, 2012.

Contingencies

Legal Matters

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation is subject to litigation, claims, and assessments that involve claims for monetary relief. Some of these are covered by insurance. Based upon information presently available to the Corporation and its counsel, it is the Corporation’s opinion that any legal and financial responsibility arising from such claims will not have a material, adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition or capital.

Indemnifications

In general, the Corporation does not sell loans with recourse, except to the extent that it arises from standard loan-sale contract provisions. These provisions cover violations of representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances, first payment default by borrowers. These indemnifications may include the repurchase of loans by the Corporation, and are considered customary provisions in the secondary market for conforming mortgage loan sales. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation recorded an immaterial amount of loan repurchases resulting from these provisions.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Corporation has a material portion of its loans in real estate related loans. A predominant percentage of the Corporation’s real estate exposure, both commercial and residential, is in the Corporation’s primary trade area which includes portions of Delaware, Chester, Montgomery and Philadelphia counties in Southeastern Pennsylvania. The Corporation is aware of this concentration and attempts to mitigate this risk to the extent possible in many ways, including the underwriting and assessment of borrower’s capacity to repay. See Note 5 –

“Loans and Leases” for additional information.

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had no loans sold with recourse outstanding.

 

116


Note 25 – Dividend Restrictions

The Bank is subject to the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 (the “Code”), as amended, and is restricted in the amount of dividends that can be paid to its sole shareholder, the Corporation. The Code restricts the payment of dividends by the Bank to the amount of its net income during the current calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two calendar years, unless the dividend has been approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The total retained net income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $18.6 million. Accordingly, the dividend payable by the Bank to the Corporation is limited to $18.6 million plus net income earned in 2013. However, the amount of dividends paid by the Bank may not reduce capital levels below levels that would cause the Bank to be considered less than adequately capitalized as detailed in Note 26 – “Regulatory Capital Requirements”.

Note 26 – Regulatory Capital Requirements

A. General Regulatory Capital Information

Both the Corporation and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements, administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if taken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

B. S-3 Shelf Registration Statement and Offerings Thereunder

In June 2009, the Corporation filed a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) which allows the Corporation to raise additional capital through offers and sales of registered securities consisting of common stock, warrants to purchase common stock, stock purchase contracts or units consisting of any combination of the foregoing securities. Using the prospectus in the Shelf Registration Statement, together with applicable prospectus supplements, the Corporation may sell, from time to time, in one or more offerings, any amount of such securities in a dollar amount up to $90,000,000, in the aggregate.

In addition to the shares issued through the Plan above, on May 18, 2010, through a registered direct stock offering, the Corporation issued 1,548,167 common shares, at a price of $17.00 per share, raising $24.6 million after deducting placement agent’s fees and other offering expenses of $1.7 million.

On July 20, 2009, the Corporation filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a prospectus supplement in order to register 850,000 common shares of its stock, under the Shelf Registration Statement in connection with a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan allows for the grant of a request for waiver (“RFW”) above the Plan maximum investment of $120 thousand per account per year. An RFW is granted based on a variety of factors, including the Corporation’s current and projected capital needs, prevailing market prices of the Corporation’s common stock and general economic and market conditions.

The Plan is intended to allow both existing shareholders and new investors to easily and conveniently increase their investment in the Corporation without incurring many of the fees and commissions normally associated with brokerage transactions. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation issued 108,918 and 448,377 shares, respectively, and raised $2.1 million and $8.3 million, respectively, through the Plan.

 

117


C. Private Transactions in Securities

In 2008 and 2009, the Corporation issued an aggregate $22.5 million in subordinated debentures which qualified as Tier II capital. This subordinated debt bore interest at a variable rate based on ninety-day LIBOR. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had prepaid all outstanding subordinated debt.

D. Shares Issued in Mergers and Acquisitions

In connection with the acquisition of PWMG, the Corporation issued 322,101 common shares, valued at $6.7 million, to former shareholders of PWMG. These shares were registered on an S-3 registration statement filed by the Corporation in September 2011.

In connection with the merger with FKF, the Corporation issued 1,630,053 common shares, valued at $26.5 million, to former shareholders of FKF. These shares were registered on an S-4 registration statement filed by the Corporation in January 2010.

E. Regulatory Capital Ratios

As set forth in the following table, quantitative measures have been established to ensure capital adequacy ratios required of both the Corporation and the Bank. Both the Corporation’s and the Bank’s Tier II capital ratios are calculated by adding back a portion of the loan loss reserve to the Tier I capital. The Corporation believes that as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation and the Bank had met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. Federal banking regulators have defined specific capital categories, and categories range from a best of “well capitalized” to a worst of “critically under capitalized.” Both the Corporation and the Bank were classified as “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following table:

 

      Actual     Minimum
to be Well
Capitalized
 
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2012

          

Total (Tier II) capital to risk weighted assets:

          

Corporation

   $ 174,885         12.02   $ 145,528         10

Bank

     176,985         12.20     145,124         10

Tier I capital to risk weighted assets:

          

Corporation

     160,425         11.02     87,317         6

Bank

     162,525         11.20     87,074         6

Tier I capital to average assets:

          

Corporation

     160,425         8.72     91,989         5

Bank

     162,525         8.84     91,940         5

December 31, 2011

          

Total (Tier II) capital to risk weighted assets:

          

Corporation

   $ 187,913         13.74   $ 136,795         10

Bank

     195,785         14.35     136,451         10

Tier I capital to risk weighted assets:

          

Corporation

     152,637         11.16     82,077         6

Bank

     160,509         11.76     81,870         6

Tier I capital to average assets:

          

Corporation

     152,637         8.89     85,888         5

Bank

     160,509         9.35     85,835         5

 

118


Note 27 – Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

     2012  
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)    1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  

Interest income

   $ 18,372       $ 18,188       $ 18,081       $ 18,682   

Interest expense

     2,387         2,285         2,130         1,786   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     15,985         15,903         15,951         16,896   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     1,000         1,003         1,000         1,000   

Other income

     9,587         11,381         12,248         13,170   

Other expense

     16,795         18,128         18,889         21,089   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     7,777         8,153         8,310         7,977   

Tax expense

     2,704         2,808         2,885         2,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income.

   $ 5,073       $ 5,345       $ 5,425       $ 5,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share*

   $ 0.39       $ 0.41       $ 0.41       $ 0.40   

Diluted earnings per common share*

   $ 0.39       $ 0.40       $ 0.41       $ 0.40   

Dividend declared

   $ 0.16       $ 0.16       $ 0.16       $ 0.16   
     2011  
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)    1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  

Interest income

   $ 18,261       $ 18,883       $ 18,691       $ 18,727   

Interest expense

     2,819         3,052         3,018         2,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     15,442       $ 15,831       $ 15,673       $ 15,955   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     1,285         1,919         1,827         1,056   

Other income

     7,183         8,141         9,264         9,471   

Other expense

     14,467         14,851         15,673         16,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     6,873         7,202         7,437         7,631   

Tax expense (benefit)

     2,328         2,379         2,208         2,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,545       $ 4,823       $ 5,229       $ 5,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share*

   $ 0.37       $ 0.38       $ 0.41       $ 0.39   

Diluted earnings per common share*

   $ 0.37       $ 0.38       $ 0.41       $ 0.38   

Dividend declared

   $ 0.15       $ 0.15       $ 0.15       $ 0.15   

 

* Earnings per share is computed independently for each period shown. As a result, the sum of the quarters may not equal the total earnings per share for the year.

Note 28 – Parent Company-Only Financial Statements

The condensed financial statements of the Corporation (parent company only) are presented below. These statements should be read in conjunction with the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

119


A. Condensed Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011  

Assets:

    

Cash

   $ 5,392      $ 4,402   

Investment securities

     99        229   

Investments in subsidiaries, as equity in net assets

     206,496        192,650   

Premises and equipment, net

     2,681        2,779   

Goodwill

     245        245   

Other assets

     896        1,425   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 215,809      $ 201,730   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

    

Borrowings

   $ 9,400      $ 13,691   

Other liabilities

     2,845        3,660   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 12,245      $  17,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $1, authorized 100,000,000 shares issued 16,390,608 shares and 16,103,981 shares as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and outstanding 13,412,690 shares and 13,106,353 shares as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

   $ 16,390      $ 16,104   

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

     89,137        84,425   

Less common stock in treasury, at cost – 2,977,918 shares and 2,997,628 shares as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     (30,745     (31,027

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of deferred income taxes benefit

     (10,078     (11,365

Retained earnings

     138,860        126,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 203,564      $ 184,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 215,809      $ 201,730   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

B. Condensed Statements of Income

 

      Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Dividends from subsidiaries

   $ 13,075      $ 9,650      $ 5,055   

Interest and other income

     2,672        2,646        1,569   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income

     15,747        12,296        6,624   

Expenses

     2,410        2,678        1,762   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     13,337        9,618        4,862   

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     7,761        9,973        4,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     21,098        19,591        8,981   

Income tax benefit

     (49     (11     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 21,147      $ 19,602      $ 9,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

120


C. Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     2010  

Operating activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 21,147      $ 19,602      $ 9,046   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     (7,761     (9,973     (4,119

Depreciation and amortization

     98        105        102   

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

     —          (38     (50

Stock-based compensation cost

     1,283        876        539   

Net accretion of fair value adjustments

     —          (55     (78

Other, net

     (239     360        (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     14,528        10,877        5,410   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

      

Proceeds from sale of available for sale securities

     —          99        579   

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (9,278     (13,367     (4,565

Sale of subsidiary

     10,500        18,411        —     

Investment in subsidiaries

     (4,800     (17,200     (21,915
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

     (3,578     (12,057     (25,901
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Dividends paid

     (8,529     (7,679     (5,916

Change in other borrowings

     (4,291     11,691        (62

Decrease in junior subordinated debt

     —          (12,028     —     

Proceeds from sale of treasury stock

     317        —          —     

Repurchase of treasury stock

     —          (42     (35

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     2,118        8,325        26,688   

Payment of contingent consideration for business combinations

     (1,050     —          —     

Tax benefit on exercise of stock option

     100        141        60   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     12        —          —     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,363        966        288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (9,960     1,374        21,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     990        194        532   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     4,402        4,208        3,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 5,392      $ 4,402      $ 4,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 29 – Segment Information

FASB Codification 280 – “Segment Reporting” identifies operating segments as components of an enterprise which are evaluated regularly by the Corporation’s Chief Operating Decision Maker, our Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Corporation has applied the aggregation criterion set forth in this codification to the results of its operations.

The Corporation’s Banking segment consists of commercial and retail banking. The Banking segment is evaluated as a single strategic unit which generates revenues from a variety of products and services. The Banking segment generates interest income from its lending (including leases) and investing activities and is dependent on the gathering of lower cost deposits from its branch network or borrowed funds from other sources for funding its loans, resulting in the generation of net interest income. The Banking segment also derives revenues from other sources including gains on the sale in available for sale investment securities, gains on the sale of residential mortgage loans, service charges on deposit accounts, cash sweep fees, overdraft fees, BOLI income and interchange revenue associated with its Visa Check Card offering.

 

121


The Wealth Management segment has responsibility for a number of activities within the Corporation, including trust administration, other related fiduciary services, custody, investment management and advisory services, employee benefits and IRA administration, estate settlement, tax services and brokerage. Bryn Mawr Trust of Delaware and Lau Associates are included in the Wealth Management Segment of the Corporation since they have similar economic characteristics, products and services to those of the Wealth Management division of the Corporation.

The accounting policies of the Corporation are applied by segment in the following tables. The segments are presented on a pre-tax basis which is the way the Corporation evaluates business results.

The following table details the Corporation’s segments.

 

     As of or for the Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
     2012          2011          2010  
(dollars in thousands)   Banking     Wealth
Management
    Consolidated          Banking     Wealth
Management
    Consolidated          Banking     Wealth
Management
    Consolidated  

Net interest income

  $ 64,731      $ 4      $ 64,735          $ 62,894      $ 7      $ 62,901          $ 52,242      $ 9      $ 52,251   

Less: loan loss provision

    4,003        —          4,003            6,088        —          6,088            9,854        —          9,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after loan loss provision

    60,728        4        60,732            56,806        7        56,813            42,388        9        42,397   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income:

                         

Fees for wealth management services

    —          29,798        29,798            —          21,669        21,669            —          15,499        15,499   

Service charges on deposit accounts

    2,477        —          2,477            2,495        —          2,495            2,307        —          2,307   

Loan servicing and other fees

    1,776        —          1,776            1,824        —          1,824            1,626        —          1,626   

Net gain on sale of loans

    6,735        —          6,735            2,517        —          2,517            4,718        —          4,718   

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

    1,415        —          1,415            1,783        —          1,783            2,472        —          2,472   

Net gain (loss) on sale of other real estate owned

    (86     —          (86         (97     —          (97         (114     —          (114

BOLI income

    428        —          428            462        —          462            266        —          266   

Other operating income

    3,737        106        3,843            3,390        16        3,406            2,550        (25     2,525   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    16,482        29,904        46,386            12,374        21,685        34,059            13,825        15,474        29,299   
   

Other expenses:

                         

Salaries & wages

    22,248        10,883        33,131            20,016        8,068        28,084            1,678        7,025        8,703   

Employee benefits

    5,660        2,467        8,127            4,837        2,052        6,889            4,424        1,560        5,984   

Occupancy & equipment

    4,619        1,255        5,874            4,149        1,027        5,176            3,505        752        4,257   

Amortization of intangible assets

    294        2,117        2,411            324        1,166        1,490            176        308        484   

Professional fees

    2,665        203        2,868            2,156        155        2,311            1,975        165        2,140   

Other operating expenses

    19,290        3,200        22,490            15,776        2,003        17,779            35,411        1,227        36,638   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    54,776        20,125        74,901            47,258        14,471        61,729            47,169        11,037        58,206   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment profit

    22,434        9,783        32,217            21,922        7,221        29,143            9,044        4,446        13,490   

Intersegment (revenues) expenses*

    (484     484        —              (337     337        —              (96     96        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax segment profit after eliminations

  $ 21,950      $ 10,267      $ 32,217          $ 21,585      $ 7,558      $ 29,143          $ 8,948      $ 4,542      $ 13,490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of segment pre-tax profit after eliminations

    68.1     31.9     100.0         74.1     25.9     100.0         66.3     33.7     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets (dollars in millions)

  $ 1,990.9      $ 45.0      $ 2,035.9          $ 1,738.9      $ 34.5      $ 1,773.4          $ 1,715.5      $ 14.9      $ 1,730.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage (dollars in millions)

    $ 6,663.2              $ 4,831.6              $ 3,412.9     

 

* Intersegment revenues consist of rental payments, deposit interest and management fees.

 

122


ITEM 9. CHANGE IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

   

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Corporation carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, Frederick C. Peters II, and Chief Financial Officer, J. Duncan Smith, CPA, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2012 pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2012 are effective.

 

   

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

   

Design and Evaluation of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, the following is a report of management’s assessment of the design and effectiveness of our internal controls for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and a report from our independent accounting firm attesting to the effectiveness of our internal controls:

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Corporation is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include some amounts that are based on Management’s best estimates and judgments.

The Corporation’s Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Corporation; provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; provide a reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the Corporation are only being made in accordance with authorizations of Management and directors of the Corporation; and provide a reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by Management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are noted.

 

123


Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the Corporation’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, in relation to the criteria for effective control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, Management concludes that, as of December 31, 2012, the Corporation’s system of internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation:

We have audited Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the “Corporation”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

124


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Corporation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated March 15, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 15, 2013

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

The Board of Directors of the Corporation approved two administrative amendments to our Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives effective January 1, 2013. Amendment No. 1 to the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives (“Amendment No. 1”) prospectively revised the eligibility standards for participation in the plan to be limited to employees whose prior year annual compensation is equal to or greater than the maximum amount of compensation which can be taken into account in the administration of tax-qualified plans under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”). For 2013, this limited participation in the Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives to employees with annual 2012 compensation of at least $255,000.

Amendment No. 2 to the Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives (“Amendment No. 2”) provided that, in the event a participant’s account in the plan contains no more than the “applicable dollar amount” as defined by Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the IRC (which for 2013 was $17,500), the Corporation may, in its discretion, terminate such participant’s interest in the plan by making a single lump sum distribution of the entire value of the participant’s account in the plan. Amendment No. 2 is only effective with respect to participants who consent to its application.

The above summaries of Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2 are general descriptions only and are each qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the respective documents, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.29 and 10.30 and incorporated by reference herein.

 

125


PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required for Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Our Board of Directors,” “Information About our Directors,” “Information About our Executive Officers,” “Corporate Governance,” “Audit Committee Report” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2013 Proxy Statement.

The Corporation has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) which amended, restated and combined into one code its Code of Ethics for Officers and Directors and its Employee Code of Ethics. The Code is available on the Corporation’s website at www.bmtc.com by clicking “About Us” followed by “Investor Relations” and “Governance Documents,” and printed copies are available to any shareholder upon request. The Code meets the requirements for a code of ethics for the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Comptroller or persons performing similar functions under Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the SEC. Any amendments to the Code, or any waivers of the Code for directors or executive officers will be disclosed promptly on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC or by any other means approved by the SEC.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required for Item 11 is incorporated by reference to section titled “Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required for Item 12 is found below and is incorporated by reference to the section titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the 2013 Proxy Statement.

Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2012:

 

Plan Category

   A. Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options
     B. Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options
     C. Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance  under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column A)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

     783,476       $ 20.40         293,640   

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

     —           —           —     

Total

     783,476       $ 20.40         293,640   

We have agreed to pay, and our non-employee independent directors have agreed to accept, payment of their annual $12,500 retainer compensation in the form of our common stock, payable in April of each year at the market value of the stock on the day prior to the day of payment. If all of the Corporation’s non-employee independent directors, including the directors elected at the Annual Meeting, continue this compensation arrangement for their 2012-2013 terms as directors, it is estimated, based on the $22.27 per share market price of the common stock on December 31, 2012, as listed on NASDAQ, that such directors, as a group, will receive a total of 4,490 shares of our common stock as retainer compensation.

 

126


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required for Item 13 is incorporated by reference to sections titled “Transactions With Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance – Director Independence” in the 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required for Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the sections “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” in the 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

127


PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Item 15(a) (1 & 2) Financial Statements and Schedules

The financial statements listed in the accompanying index to financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report.

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     60   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     61   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     62   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     63   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     64   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     65   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     66   

 

Item 15(a) (3) and (b) — Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description and References

2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2011, by and between Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Hershey Trust Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with SEC on February 18, 2011
2.2    Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and between Hershey Trust Company and Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 27, 2011
2.3    Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and between Hershey Trust Company and PWMG Bank Holding Company Trust, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 27, 2011
2.4    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2012, by and among Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, Davidson Trust Company, Boston Private (PA) Corporation, Bruce K. Bauder, Ernest E. Cecilia, Joseph J. Costigan, William S. Covert, James M. Davidson, Steven R. Klammer, N. Ray Sague, Malcolm C. Wilson, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc., and Alvin A. Clay III, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2. 1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on February 7, 2012
2.5    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2012, by and between The Bryn Mawr Trust Company and First Bank of Delaware, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2. 1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 2, 2012
2.6    Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dates as of May 15, 2012, by and among Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, Davidson Trust Company, Boston Private (PA) Corporation, Bruce K. Bauder, Ernest E. Cecilia, Joseph J. Costigan, William S. Covert, James M. Davidson, Steven R. Klammer, N. Ray Sague, Malcolm C. Wilson, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc., and Alvin A. Clay III, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2. 1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 18, 2012
2.7    Amendment to Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2012, by and between The Bryn Mawr Trust Company and First Bank of Delaware, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on October 18, 2012
2.8    Amendment to Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2012, by and between The Bryn Mawr Trust Company and First Bank of Delaware, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 19, 2012

 

128


Exhibit No.

 

Description and References

  3.1   Amended and Restated By-Laws, effective November 20, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
  3.2   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective November 21, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
  4.1   Shareholders Rights Plan, dated November 18, 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Corporation’s Form 8-A12G filed with the SEC on November 25, 2003
  4.2   Amended and Restated By-Laws, effective November 20, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
  4.3   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective November 21, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
  4.4   Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated July 30, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Corporation’s 10-Q filed with SEC on November 10, 2008
  4.5   Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated August 28, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 10, 2008
  4.6   Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated April 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 7, 2009
  4.7   Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2012, between Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, as Rights Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 16, 2012
  4.8   Amendment to Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2012, between Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, as Rights Agent (and successor to Mellon Investor services LLC), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 16, 2012
10.1*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan of the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 13, 2008
10.2**   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012
10.3*   Amended and Restated Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.4*   Amended and Restated Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.5*   Amended and Restated Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of Bryn Mawr Trust Company, effective January 1, 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.6*   Employment Agreement, dated January 11, 2001, between the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Frederick C. Peters II, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.N of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2001
10.7*   Executive Change-of-Control Severance Agreement, dated January 22, 2001, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Frederick C. Peters II, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.K of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007

 

129


Exhibit No.

 

Description and References

10.8**   The Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 8, 2001 filed with the SEC on March 6, 2001
10.9**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 8, 2004
10.10*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated May 21, 2004, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Alison E. Gers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.M of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007
10.11*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated May 21, 2004, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Joseph G. Keefer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.N of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007
10.12*   Executive Severance and Change of Control Agreement, dated April 4, 2005, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and J. Duncan Smith, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2005
10.13**   Form of Key Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2005
10.14**   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2005
10.15*   Letter Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2007, from the Bryn Mawr Trust Company to Matthew G. Waschull, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 7, 2007
10.16**   2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, effective April 25, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC May 10, 2007
10.17**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan for Select Executives, executed December 8, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.18*   Restricted Covenant Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2009, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Francis J. Leto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 6, 2009
10.19*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated November 2, 2009, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Francis J. Leto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 6, 2009
10.20**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan with Request for Waiver Program, effective July 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to the prospectus supplement filed with the SEC on July 20, 2009 pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2) of the Securities Act
10.21**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective April 28, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2010
10.22*   Amended and Restated Transition, Consulting, Noncompetition and Retirement Agreement, dated November 25, 2008, by and among First Keystone Financial, Inc., First Keystone Bank and Donald S. Guthrie, as assumed by Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and The Bryn Mawr Trust Company as of July 1, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010

 

130


Exhibit No.

 

Description and References

  10.23**   First Keystone Financial, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan, as assumed by Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Post-Effective Amendment No.1 to Form S-4 on Form S-3, filed with the SEC on July 9, 2010
  10.24*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated September 27, 2010, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Geoffrey L. Halberstadt, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011.
  10.25**   Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of January 10, 2011, for Francis J. Leto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011.
  10.26   Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and between PWMG Bank Holding Company Trust and Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation dated September 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on October 4, 2011.
  10.27**   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Corporation’s Form 10-Q with the SEC on November 9, 2011.
  10.28**   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Corporation’s Form 10-Q with the SEC on November 9, 2011.
  10.29*   Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective as of January 1, 2013, filed herewith
  10.30*   Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective as of January 1, 2013, filed herewith
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries, filed herewith
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, filed herewith
  31.1   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  31.2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  32.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  99.1   Corporation’s Proxy Statement for 2012 Annual Meeting to be held on April 25, 2013, expected to be filed with the SEC on March 15, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference
101.INS XBRL   Instance Document, furnished herewith
101.SCH XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Schema Document, furnished herewith
101.CAL XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document, furnished herewith
101.DEF XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document, furnished herewith

 

131


Exhibit No.

  

Description and References

101.LAB XBRL    Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document, furnished herewith
101.PRE XBRL    Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document, furnished herewith
   (These interactive data files shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 11 or Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liabilities under these Sections.)

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement.
** Shareholder approved compensatory plan pursuant to which the Registrant’s Common Stock may be issued to employees of the Corporation.

 

Item 15(c) Not Applicable

 

132


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15d of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, there unto duly authorized

 

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation
By     /s/    J. Duncan Smith,                
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Date March 15, 2013

 

133


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Corporation and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

NAME

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    Frederick C. Peters II        

Frederick C. Peters II

  

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    J. Duncan Smith        

J. Duncan Smith

  

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 15, 2013

/s/    David E. Lees        

David E. Lees

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Andrea F. Gilbert        

Andrea F. Gilbert

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Wendell F. Holland        

Wendell F. Holland

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Francis J. Leto        

Francis J. Leto

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Lynn B. McKee        

Lynn B. McKee

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Jerry L. Johnson        

Jerry L. Johnson

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Britton H. Murdoch        

Britton H. Murdoch

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Scott M. Jenkins        

Scott M. Jenkins

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

/s/    Donald S. Guthrie        

Donald S. Guthrie

  

Director

  March 15, 2013

 

134


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description and References

2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2011, by and between Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Hershey Trust Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with SEC on February 18, 2011
2.2    Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and between Hershey Trust Company and Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 27, 2011
2.3    Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and between Hershey Trust Company and PWMG Bank Holding Company Trust, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 27, 2011
2.4    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2012, by and among Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, Davidson Trust Company, Boston Private (PA) Corporation, Bruce K. Bauder, Ernest E. Cecilia, Joseph J. Costigan, William S. Covert, James M. Davidson, Steven R. Klammer, N. Ray Sague, Malcolm C. Wilson, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc., and Alvin A. Clay III, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2. 1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on February 7, 2012
2.5    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2012, by and between The Bryn Mawr Trust Company and First Bank of Delaware, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2. 1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 2, 2012
2.6    Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dates as of May 15, 2012, by and among Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, Davidson Trust Company, Boston Private (PA) Corporation, Bruce K. Bauder, Ernest E. Cecilia, Joseph J. Costigan, William S. Covert, James M. Davidson, Steven R. Klammer, N. Ray Sague, Malcolm C. Wilson, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc., and Alvin A. Clay III, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2. 1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 18, 2012
2.7    Amendment to Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2012, by and between The Bryn Mawr Trust Company and First Bank of Delaware, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on October 18, 2012
2.8    Amendment to Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2012, by and between The Bryn Mawr Trust Company and First Bank of Delaware, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 19, 2012
3.1    Amended and Restated By-Laws, effective November 20, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
3.2    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective November 21, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
4.1    Shareholders Rights Plan, dated November 18, 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Corporation’s Form 8-A12G filed with the SEC on November 25, 2003
4.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws, effective November 20, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
4.3    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective November 21, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007
4.4    Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated July 30, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Corporation’s 10-Q filed with SEC on November 10, 2008

 

135


Exhibit No.

 

Description and References

  4.5   Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated August 28, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 10, 2008
  4.6   Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated April 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 7, 2009
  4.7   Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2012, between Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, as Rights Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 16, 2012
  4.8   Amendment to Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2012, between Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, as Rights Agent (and successor to Mellon Investor services LLC), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 16, 2012
10.1*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan of the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 13, 2008
10.2**   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012
10.3*   Amended and Restated Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.4*   Amended and Restated Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.5*   Amended and Restated Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of Bryn Mawr Trust Company, effective January 1, 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.6*   Employment Agreement, dated January 11, 2001, between the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Frederick C. Peters II, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.N of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2001
10.7*   Executive Change-of-Control Severance Agreement, dated January 22, 2001, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Frederick C. Peters II, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.K of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007
10.8**   The Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 8, 2001 filed with the SEC on March 6, 2001
10.9**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 8, 2004
10.10*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated May 21, 2004, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Alison E. Gers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.M of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007
10.11*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated May 21, 2004, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Joseph G. Keefer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.N of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007

 

136


Exhibit No.

 

Description and References

10.12*   Executive Severance and Change of Control Agreement, dated April 4, 2005, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and J. Duncan Smith, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2005
10.13**   Form of Key Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2005
10.14**   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2005
10.15*   Letter Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2007, from the Bryn Mawr Trust Company to Matthew G. Waschull, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 7, 2007
10.16**   2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, effective April 25, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC May 10, 2007
10.17**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan for Select Executives, executed December 8, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009
10.18*   Restricted Covenant Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2009, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Francis J. Leto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 6, 2009
10.19*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated November 2, 2009, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Francis J. Leto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s 8-K filed with the SEC on November 6, 2009
10.20**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan with Request for Waiver Program, effective July 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to the prospectus supplement filed with the SEC on July 20, 2009 pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2) of the Securities Act
10.21**   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective April 28, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2010
10.22*   Amended and Restated Transition, Consulting, Noncompetition and Retirement Agreement, dated November 25, 2008, by and among First Keystone Financial, Inc., First Keystone Bank and Donald S. Guthrie, as assumed by Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and The Bryn Mawr Trust Company as of July 1, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010
10.23**   First Keystone Financial, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan, as assumed by Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Post-Effective Amendment No.1 to Form S-4 on Form S-3, filed with the SEC on July 9, 2010
10.24*   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated September 27, 2010, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Geoffrey L. Halberstadt, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011.
10.25**   Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of January 10, 2011, for Francis J. Leto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011.
10.26   Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and between PWMG Bank Holding Company Trust and Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation dated September 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on October 4, 2011.

 

137


Exhibit No.

 

Description and References

  10.27**   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Corporation’s Form 10-Q with the SEC on November 9, 2011.
  10.28**   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors (Service/Performance Based) Subject to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Corporation’s Form 10-Q with the SEC on November 9, 2011.
  10.29*   Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective as of January 1, 2013, filed herewith
  10.30*   Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective as of January 1, 2013, filed herewith
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries, filed herewith
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, filed herewith
  31.1   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  31.2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  32.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
  99.1   Corporation’s Proxy Statement for 2012 Annual Meeting to be held on April 25, 2013, expected to be filed with the SEC on March 15, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference
101.INS XBRL   Instance Document, furnished herewith
101.SCH XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Schema Document, furnished herewith
101.CAL XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document, furnished herewith
101.DEF XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document, furnished herewith
101.LAB XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document, furnished herewith
101.PRE XBRL   Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document, furnished herewith
  (These interactive data files shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 11 or Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liabilities under these Sections.)

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement.
** Shareholder approved compensatory plan pursuant to which the Registrant’s Common Stock may be issued to employees of the Corporation.

 

138